diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/LICENSE b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10aeba4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Copyright (c) 2016 The Gitea Authors +Copyright (c) 2014 The Gogs Authors + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_cron.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_cron.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84316da --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_cron.go @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "time" +) + +// CronTask represents a Cron task +type CronTask struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + Schedule string `json:"schedule"` + Next time.Time `json:"next"` + Prev time.Time `json:"prev"` + ExecTimes int64 `json:"exec_times"` +} + +// ListCronTaskOptions list options for ListCronTasks +type ListCronTaskOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListCronTasks list available cron tasks +func (c *Client) ListCronTasks(opt ListCronTaskOptions) ([]*CronTask, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + ct := make([]*CronTask, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &ct) + return ct, resp, err +} + +// RunCronTasks run a cron task +func (c *Client) RunCronTasks(task string) (*Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&task); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron/%s", task), jsonHeader, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_org.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_org.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26bf81f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_org.go @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// AdminListOrgsOptions options for listing admin's organizations +type AdminListOrgsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// AdminListOrgs lists all orgs +func (c *Client) AdminListOrgs(opt AdminListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs) + return orgs, resp, err +} + +// AdminCreateOrg create an organization +func (c *Client) AdminCreateOrg(user string, opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + org := new(Organization) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/orgs", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org) + return org, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_repo.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_repo.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8666690 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_repo.go @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// AdminCreateRepo create a repo +func (c *Client) AdminCreateRepo(user string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + repo := new(Repository) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/repos", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo) + return repo, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_user.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_user.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..172f064 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_user.go @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// AdminListUsersOptions options for listing admin users +type AdminListUsersOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// AdminListUsers lists all users +func (c *Client) AdminListUsers(opt AdminListUsersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users) + return users, resp, err +} + +// CreateUserOption create user options +type CreateUserOption struct { + SourceID int64 `json:"source_id"` + LoginName string `json:"login_name"` + Username string `json:"username"` + FullName string `json:"full_name"` + Email string `json:"email"` + Password string `json:"password"` + MustChangePassword *bool `json:"must_change_password"` + SendNotify bool `json:"send_notify"` + Visibility *VisibleType `json:"visibility"` +} + +// Validate the CreateUserOption struct +func (opt CreateUserOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.Email) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("email is empty") + } + if len(opt.Username) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("username is empty") + } + return nil +} + +// AdminCreateUser create a user +func (c *Client) AdminCreateUser(opt CreateUserOption) (*User, *Response, error) { + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + user := new(User) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/admin/users", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), user) + return user, resp, err +} + +// EditUserOption edit user options +type EditUserOption struct { + SourceID int64 `json:"source_id"` + LoginName string `json:"login_name"` + Email *string `json:"email"` + FullName *string `json:"full_name"` + Password string `json:"password"` + Description *string `json:"description"` + MustChangePassword *bool `json:"must_change_password"` + Website *string `json:"website"` + Location *string `json:"location"` + Active *bool `json:"active"` + Admin *bool `json:"admin"` + AllowGitHook *bool `json:"allow_git_hook"` + AllowImportLocal *bool `json:"allow_import_local"` + MaxRepoCreation *int `json:"max_repo_creation"` + ProhibitLogin *bool `json:"prohibit_login"` + AllowCreateOrganization *bool `json:"allow_create_organization"` + Restricted *bool `json:"restricted"` + Visibility *VisibleType `json:"visibility"` +} + +// AdminEditUser modify user informations +func (c *Client) AdminEditUser(user string, opt EditUserOption) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// AdminDeleteUser delete one user according name +func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUser(user string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// AdminCreateUserPublicKey adds a public key for the user +func (c *Client) AdminCreateUserPublicKey(user string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + key := new(PublicKey) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key) + return key, resp, err +} + +// AdminDeleteUserPublicKey deletes a user's public key +func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUserPublicKey(user string, keyID int) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys/%d", user, keyID), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/attachment.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/attachment.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24c57ba --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/attachment.go @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea" +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "io" + "mime/multipart" + "net/http" + "time" +) + +// Attachment a generic attachment +type Attachment struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Name string `json:"name"` + Size int64 `json:"size"` + DownloadCount int64 `json:"download_count"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` + UUID string `json:"uuid"` + DownloadURL string `json:"browser_download_url"` +} + +// ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions options for listing release's attachments +type ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListReleaseAttachments list release's attachments +func (c *Client) ListReleaseAttachments(user, repo string, release int64, opt ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions) ([]*Attachment, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + attachments := make([]*Attachment, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets?%s", user, repo, release, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), + nil, nil, &attachments) + return attachments, resp, err +} + +// GetReleaseAttachment returns the requested attachment +func (c *Client) GetReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, id int64) (*Attachment, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + a := new(Attachment) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id), + nil, nil, &a) + return a, resp, err +} + +// CreateReleaseAttachment creates an attachment for the given release +func (c *Client) CreateReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, file io.Reader, filename string) (*Attachment, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + // Write file to body + body := new(bytes.Buffer) + writer := multipart.NewWriter(body) + part, err := writer.CreateFormFile("attachment", filename) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + if _, err = io.Copy(part, file); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err = writer.Close(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + // Send request + attachment := new(Attachment) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets", user, repo, release), + http.Header{"Content-Type": {writer.FormDataContentType()}}, body, &attachment) + return attachment, resp, err +} + +// EditAttachmentOptions options for editing attachments +type EditAttachmentOptions struct { + Name string `json:"name"` +} + +// EditReleaseAttachment updates the given attachment with the given options +func (c *Client) EditReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, attachment int64, form EditAttachmentOptions) (*Attachment, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&form) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + attach := new(Attachment) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, attachment), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), attach) + return attach, resp, err +} + +// DeleteReleaseAttachment deletes the given attachment including the uploaded file +func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, id int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/client.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/client.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3fe3e8b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/client.go @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "context" + "encoding/json" + "errors" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" + "sync" + + "github.com/hashicorp/go-version" +) + +var jsonHeader = http.Header{"content-type": []string{"application/json"}} + +// Version return the library version +func Version() string { + return "0.15.1" +} + +// Client represents a thread-safe Gitea API client. +type Client struct { + url string + accessToken string + username string + password string + otp string + sudo string + debug bool + client *http.Client + ctx context.Context + mutex sync.RWMutex + + serverVersion *version.Version + getVersionOnce sync.Once + ignoreVersion bool // only set by SetGiteaVersion so don't need a mutex lock +} + +// Response represents the gitea response +type Response struct { + *http.Response +} + +// ClientOption are functions used to init a new client +type ClientOption func(*Client) error + +// NewClient initializes and returns a API client. +// Usage of all gitea.Client methods is concurrency-safe. +func NewClient(url string, options ...ClientOption) (*Client, error) { + client := &Client{ + url: strings.TrimSuffix(url, "/"), + client: &http.Client{}, + ctx: context.Background(), + } + for _, opt := range options { + if err := opt(client); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + if err := client.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return client, nil +} + +// NewClientWithHTTP creates an API client with a custom http client +// Deprecated use SetHTTPClient option +func NewClientWithHTTP(url string, httpClient *http.Client) *Client { + client, _ := NewClient(url, SetHTTPClient(httpClient)) + return client +} + +// SetHTTPClient is an option for NewClient to set custom http client +func SetHTTPClient(httpClient *http.Client) ClientOption { + return func(client *Client) error { + client.SetHTTPClient(httpClient) + return nil + } +} + +// SetHTTPClient replaces default http.Client with user given one. +func (c *Client) SetHTTPClient(client *http.Client) { + c.mutex.Lock() + c.client = client + c.mutex.Unlock() +} + +// SetToken is an option for NewClient to set token +func SetToken(token string) ClientOption { + return func(client *Client) error { + client.mutex.Lock() + client.accessToken = token + client.mutex.Unlock() + return nil + } +} + +// SetBasicAuth is an option for NewClient to set username and password +func SetBasicAuth(username, password string) ClientOption { + return func(client *Client) error { + client.SetBasicAuth(username, password) + return nil + } +} + +// SetBasicAuth sets username and password +func (c *Client) SetBasicAuth(username, password string) { + c.mutex.Lock() + c.username, c.password = username, password + c.mutex.Unlock() +} + +// SetOTP is an option for NewClient to set OTP for 2FA +func SetOTP(otp string) ClientOption { + return func(client *Client) error { + client.SetOTP(otp) + return nil + } +} + +// SetOTP sets OTP for 2FA +func (c *Client) SetOTP(otp string) { + c.mutex.Lock() + c.otp = otp + c.mutex.Unlock() +} + +// SetContext is an option for NewClient to set the default context +func SetContext(ctx context.Context) ClientOption { + return func(client *Client) error { + client.SetContext(ctx) + return nil + } +} + +// SetContext set default context witch is used for http requests +func (c *Client) SetContext(ctx context.Context) { + c.mutex.Lock() + c.ctx = ctx + c.mutex.Unlock() +} + +// SetSudo is an option for NewClient to set sudo header +func SetSudo(sudo string) ClientOption { + return func(client *Client) error { + client.SetSudo(sudo) + return nil + } +} + +// SetSudo sets username to impersonate. +func (c *Client) SetSudo(sudo string) { + c.mutex.Lock() + c.sudo = sudo + c.mutex.Unlock() +} + +// SetDebugMode is an option for NewClient to enable debug mode +func SetDebugMode() ClientOption { + return func(client *Client) error { + client.mutex.Lock() + client.debug = true + client.mutex.Unlock() + return nil + } +} + +func (c *Client) getWebResponse(method, path string, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) { + c.mutex.RLock() + debug := c.debug + if debug { + fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nBody: %v\n", method, c.url+path, body) + } + req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+path, body) + + client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it + c.mutex.RUnlock() + + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + resp, err := client.Do(req) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + defer resp.Body.Close() + data, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body) + if debug { + fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp) + } + return data, &Response{resp}, nil +} + +func (c *Client) doRequest(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (*Response, error) { + c.mutex.RLock() + debug := c.debug + if debug { + fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nHeader: %v\nBody: %s\n", method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, header, body) + } + req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, body) + if err != nil { + c.mutex.RUnlock() + return nil, err + } + if len(c.accessToken) != 0 { + req.Header.Set("Authorization", "token "+c.accessToken) + } + if len(c.otp) != 0 { + req.Header.Set("X-GITEA-OTP", c.otp) + } + if len(c.username) != 0 { + req.SetBasicAuth(c.username, c.password) + } + if len(c.sudo) != 0 { + req.Header.Set("Sudo", c.sudo) + } + + client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it + c.mutex.RUnlock() + + for k, v := range header { + req.Header[k] = v + } + + resp, err := client.Do(req) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if debug { + fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp) + } + return &Response{resp}, nil +} + +// Converts a response for a HTTP status code indicating an error condition +// (non-2XX) to a well-known error value and response body. For non-problematic +// (2XX) status codes nil will be returned. Note that on a non-2XX response, the +// response body stream will have been read and, hence, is closed on return. +func statusCodeToErr(resp *Response) (body []byte, err error) { + // no error + if resp.StatusCode/100 == 2 { + return nil, nil + } + + // + // error: body will be read for details + // + defer resp.Body.Close() + data, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("body read on HTTP error %d: %v", resp.StatusCode, err) + } + + switch resp.StatusCode { + case 403: + return data, errors.New("403 Forbidden") + case 404: + return data, errors.New("404 Not Found") + case 409: + return data, errors.New("409 Conflict") + case 422: + return data, fmt.Errorf("422 Unprocessable Entity: %s", string(data)) + } + + path := resp.Request.URL.Path + method := resp.Request.Method + header := resp.Request.Header + errMap := make(map[string]interface{}) + if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &errMap); err != nil { + // when the JSON can't be parsed, data was probably empty or a + // plain string, so we try to return a helpful error anyway + return data, fmt.Errorf("Unknown API Error: %d\nRequest: '%s' with '%s' method '%s' header and '%s' body", resp.StatusCode, path, method, header, string(data)) + } + return data, errors.New(errMap["message"].(string)) +} + +func (c *Client) getResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) { + resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + // check for errors + data, err := statusCodeToErr(resp) + if err != nil { + return data, resp, err + } + + // success (2XX), read body + data, err = ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body) + if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + + return data, resp, nil +} + +func (c *Client) getParsedResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader, obj interface{}) (*Response, error) { + data, resp, err := c.getResponse(method, path, header, body) + if err != nil { + return resp, err + } + return resp, json.Unmarshal(data, obj) +} + +func (c *Client) getStatusCode(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (int, *Response, error) { + resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body) + if err != nil { + return -1, resp, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + return resp.StatusCode, resp, nil +} + +// pathEscapeSegments escapes segments of a path while not escaping forward slash +func pathEscapeSegments(path string) string { + slice := strings.Split(path, "/") + for index := range slice { + slice[index] = url.PathEscape(slice[index]) + } + escapedPath := strings.Join(slice, "/") + return escapedPath +} + +// escapeValidatePathSegments is a help function to validate and encode url path segments +func escapeValidatePathSegments(seg ...*string) error { + for i := range seg { + if seg[i] == nil || len(*seg[i]) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("path segment [%d] is empty", i) + } + *seg[i] = url.PathEscape(*seg[i]) + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/doc.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6bd327d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea" diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/fork.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/fork.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8e5323 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/fork.go @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// ListForksOptions options for listing repository's forks +type ListForksOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListForks list a repository's forks +func (c *Client) ListForks(user string, repo string, opt ListForksOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + forks := make([]*Repository, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), + nil, nil, &forks) + return forks, resp, err +} + +// CreateForkOption options for creating a fork +type CreateForkOption struct { + // organization name, if forking into an organization + Organization *string `json:"organization"` +} + +// CreateFork create a fork of a repository +func (c *Client) CreateFork(user, repo string, form CreateForkOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(form) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + fork := new(Repository) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &fork) + return fork, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_blob.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_blob.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7668672 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_blob.go @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" +) + +// GitBlobResponse represents a git blob +type GitBlobResponse struct { + Content string `json:"content"` + Encoding string `json:"encoding"` + URL string `json:"url"` + SHA string `json:"sha"` + Size int64 `json:"size"` +} + +// GetBlob get the blob of a repository file +func (c *Client) GetBlob(user, repo, sha string) (*GitBlobResponse, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + blob := new(GitBlobResponse) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/blobs/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, blob) + return blob, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_hook.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_hook.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8fbf71 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_hook.go @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// GitHook represents a Git repository hook +type GitHook struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + IsActive bool `json:"is_active"` + Content string `json:"content,omitempty"` +} + +// ListRepoGitHooksOptions options for listing repository's githooks +type ListRepoGitHooksOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListRepoGitHooks list all the Git hooks of one repository +func (c *Client) ListRepoGitHooks(user, repo string, opt ListRepoGitHooksOptions) ([]*GitHook, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + hooks := make([]*GitHook, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks) + return hooks, resp, err +} + +// GetRepoGitHook get a Git hook of a repository +func (c *Client) GetRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*GitHook, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + h := new(GitHook) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h) + return h, resp, err +} + +// EditGitHookOption options when modifying one Git hook +type EditGitHookOption struct { + Content string `json:"content"` +} + +// EditRepoGitHook modify one Git hook of a repository +func (c *Client) EditRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string, opt EditGitHookOption) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteRepoGitHook delete one Git hook from a repository +func (c *Client) DeleteRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/helper.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/helper.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff8038b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/helper.go @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +// OptionalBool convert a bool to a bool reference +func OptionalBool(v bool) *bool { + return &v +} + +// OptionalString convert a string to a string reference +func OptionalString(v string) *string { + return &v +} + +// OptionalInt64 convert a int64 to a int64 reference +func OptionalInt64(v int64) *int64 { + return &v +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/hook.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/hook.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67a7518 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/hook.go @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "time" +) + +// Hook a hook is a web hook when one repository changed +type Hook struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Type string `json:"type"` + URL string `json:"-"` + Config map[string]string `json:"config"` + Events []string `json:"events"` + Active bool `json:"active"` + Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` +} + +// HookType represent all webhook types gitea currently offer +type HookType string + +const ( + // HookTypeDingtalk webhook that dingtalk understand + HookTypeDingtalk HookType = "dingtalk" + // HookTypeDiscord webhook that discord understand + HookTypeDiscord HookType = "discord" + // HookTypeGitea webhook that gitea understand + HookTypeGitea HookType = "gitea" + // HookTypeGogs webhook that gogs understand + HookTypeGogs HookType = "gogs" + // HookTypeMsteams webhook that msteams understand + HookTypeMsteams HookType = "msteams" + // HookTypeSlack webhook that slack understand + HookTypeSlack HookType = "slack" + // HookTypeTelegram webhook that telegram understand + HookTypeTelegram HookType = "telegram" + // HookTypeFeishu webhook that feishu understand + HookTypeFeishu HookType = "feishu" +) + +// ListHooksOptions options for listing hooks +type ListHooksOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListOrgHooks list all the hooks of one organization +func (c *Client) ListOrgHooks(org string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks) + return hooks, resp, err +} + +// ListRepoHooks list all the hooks of one repository +func (c *Client) ListRepoHooks(user, repo string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks) + return hooks, resp, err +} + +// GetOrgHook get a hook of an organization +func (c *Client) GetOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + h := new(Hook) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil, h) + return h, resp, err +} + +// GetRepoHook get a hook of a repository +func (c *Client) GetRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + h := new(Hook) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h) + return h, resp, err +} + +// CreateHookOption options when create a hook +type CreateHookOption struct { + Type HookType `json:"type"` + Config map[string]string `json:"config"` + Events []string `json:"events"` + BranchFilter string `json:"branch_filter"` + Active bool `json:"active"` +} + +// Validate the CreateHookOption struct +func (opt CreateHookOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.Type) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("hook type needed") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateOrgHook create one hook for an organization, with options +func (c *Client) CreateOrgHook(org string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + h := new(Hook) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h) + return h, resp, err +} + +// CreateRepoHook create one hook for a repository, with options +func (c *Client) CreateRepoHook(user, repo string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + h := new(Hook) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h) + return h, resp, err +} + +// EditHookOption options when modify one hook +type EditHookOption struct { + Config map[string]string `json:"config"` + Events []string `json:"events"` + BranchFilter string `json:"branch_filter"` + Active *bool `json:"active"` +} + +// EditOrgHook modify one hook of an organization, with hook id and options +func (c *Client) EditOrgHook(org string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// EditRepoHook modify one hook of a repository, with hook id and options +func (c *Client) EditRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteOrgHook delete one hook from an organization, with hook id +func (c *Client) DeleteOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteRepoHook delete one hook from a repository, with hook id +func (c *Client) DeleteRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c33856a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue.go @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "strings" + "time" +) + +// PullRequestMeta PR info if an issue is a PR +type PullRequestMeta struct { + HasMerged bool `json:"merged"` + Merged *time.Time `json:"merged_at"` +} + +// RepositoryMeta basic repository information +type RepositoryMeta struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Name string `json:"name"` + Owner string `json:"owner"` + FullName string `json:"full_name"` +} + +// Issue represents an issue in a repository +type Issue struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + URL string `json:"url"` + HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"` + Index int64 `json:"number"` + Poster *User `json:"user"` + OriginalAuthor string `json:"original_author"` + OriginalAuthorID int64 `json:"original_author_id"` + Title string `json:"title"` + Body string `json:"body"` + Ref string `json:"ref"` + Labels []*Label `json:"labels"` + Milestone *Milestone `json:"milestone"` + Assignees []*User `json:"assignees"` + // Whether the issue is open or closed + State StateType `json:"state"` + IsLocked bool `json:"is_locked"` + Comments int `json:"comments"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` + Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"` + Closed *time.Time `json:"closed_at"` + Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"` + PullRequest *PullRequestMeta `json:"pull_request"` + Repository *RepositoryMeta `json:"repository"` +} + +// ListIssueOption list issue options +type ListIssueOption struct { + ListOptions + State StateType + Type IssueType + Labels []string + Milestones []string + KeyWord string + Since time.Time + Before time.Time + // filter by created by username + CreatedBy string + // filter by assigned to username + AssignedBy string + // filter by username mentioned + MentionedBy string +} + +// StateType issue state type +type StateType string + +const ( + // StateOpen pr/issue is opend + StateOpen StateType = "open" + // StateClosed pr/issue is closed + StateClosed StateType = "closed" + // StateAll is all + StateAll StateType = "all" +) + +// IssueType is issue a pull or only an issue +type IssueType string + +const ( + // IssueTypeAll pr and issue + IssueTypeAll IssueType = "" + // IssueTypeIssue only issues + IssueTypeIssue IssueType = "issues" + // IssueTypePull only pulls + IssueTypePull IssueType = "pulls" +) + +// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument +func (opt *ListIssueOption) QueryEncode() string { + query := opt.getURLQuery() + + if len(opt.State) > 0 { + query.Add("state", string(opt.State)) + } + + if len(opt.Labels) > 0 { + query.Add("labels", strings.Join(opt.Labels, ",")) + } + + if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 { + query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord) + } + + query.Add("type", string(opt.Type)) + + if len(opt.Milestones) > 0 { + query.Add("milestones", strings.Join(opt.Milestones, ",")) + } + + if !opt.Since.IsZero() { + query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339)) + } + if !opt.Before.IsZero() { + query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339)) + } + + if len(opt.CreatedBy) > 0 { + query.Add("created_by", opt.CreatedBy) + } + if len(opt.AssignedBy) > 0 { + query.Add("assigned_by", opt.AssignedBy) + } + if len(opt.MentionedBy) > 0 { + query.Add("mentioned_by", opt.MentionedBy) + } + + return query.Encode() +} + +// ListIssues returns all issues assigned the authenticated user +func (c *Client) ListIssues(opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize) + + link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/issues/search") + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues) + if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil { + for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ { + if issues[i].Repository != nil { + issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0] + } + } + } + for i := range issues { + c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i]) + } + return issues, resp, err +} + +// ListRepoIssues returns all issues for a given repository +func (c *Client) ListRepoIssues(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize) + + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo)) + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues) + if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil { + for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ { + if issues[i].Repository != nil { + issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0] + } + } + } + for i := range issues { + c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i]) + } + return issues, resp, err +} + +// GetIssue returns a single issue for a given repository +func (c *Client) GetIssue(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Issue, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + issue := new(Issue) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, issue) + if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil && issue.Repository != nil { + issue.Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issue.Repository.FullName, "/")[0] + } + c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue) + return issue, resp, err +} + +// CreateIssueOption options to create one issue +type CreateIssueOption struct { + Title string `json:"title"` + Body string `json:"body"` + Ref string `json:"ref"` + Assignees []string `json:"assignees"` + Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"` + // milestone id + Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"` + // list of label ids + Labels []int64 `json:"labels"` + Closed bool `json:"closed"` +} + +// Validate the CreateIssueOption struct +func (opt CreateIssueOption) Validate() error { + if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("title is empty") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateIssue create a new issue for a given repository +func (c *Client) CreateIssue(owner, repo string, opt CreateIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + issue := new(Issue) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue) + c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue) + return issue, resp, err +} + +// EditIssueOption options for editing an issue +type EditIssueOption struct { + Title string `json:"title"` + Body *string `json:"body"` + Ref *string `json:"ref"` + Assignees []string `json:"assignees"` + Milestone *int64 `json:"milestone"` + State *StateType `json:"state"` + Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"` + RemoveDeadline *bool `json:"unset_due_date"` +} + +// Validate the EditIssueOption struct +func (opt EditIssueOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("title is empty") + } + return nil +} + +// EditIssue modify an existing issue for a given repository +func (c *Client) EditIssue(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + issue := new(Issue) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue) + c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue) + return issue, resp, err +} + +func (c *Client) issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue *Issue) { + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil { + c.mutex.RLock() + issue.HTMLURL = fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/issues/%d", c.url, issue.Repository.FullName, issue.Index) + c.mutex.RUnlock() + } +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_comment.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_comment.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8131a6e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_comment.go @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "time" +) + +// Comment represents a comment on a commit or issue +type Comment struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"` + PRURL string `json:"pull_request_url"` + IssueURL string `json:"issue_url"` + Poster *User `json:"user"` + OriginalAuthor string `json:"original_author"` + OriginalAuthorID int64 `json:"original_author_id"` + Body string `json:"body"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` + Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"` +} + +// ListIssueCommentOptions list comment options +type ListIssueCommentOptions struct { + ListOptions + Since time.Time + Before time.Time +} + +// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument +func (opt *ListIssueCommentOptions) QueryEncode() string { + query := opt.getURLQuery() + if !opt.Since.IsZero() { + query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339)) + } + if !opt.Before.IsZero() { + query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339)) + } + return query.Encode() +} + +// ListIssueComments list comments on an issue. +func (c *Client) ListIssueComments(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index)) + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments) + return comments, resp, err +} + +// ListRepoIssueComments list comments for a given repo. +func (c *Client) ListRepoIssueComments(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments", owner, repo)) + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments) + return comments, resp, err +} + +// GetIssueComment get a comment for a given repo by id. +func (c *Client) GetIssueComment(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Comment, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + comment := new(Comment) + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return comment, nil, err + } + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, &comment) + return comment, resp, err +} + +// CreateIssueCommentOption options for creating a comment on an issue +type CreateIssueCommentOption struct { + Body string `json:"body"` +} + +// Validate the CreateIssueCommentOption struct +func (opt CreateIssueCommentOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.Body) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("body is empty") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateIssueComment create comment on an issue. +func (c *Client) CreateIssueComment(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreateIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + comment := new(Comment) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment) + return comment, resp, err +} + +// EditIssueCommentOption options for editing a comment +type EditIssueCommentOption struct { + Body string `json:"body"` +} + +// Validate the EditIssueCommentOption struct +func (opt EditIssueCommentOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.Body) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("body is empty") + } + return nil +} + +// EditIssueComment edits an issue comment. +func (c *Client) EditIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64, opt EditIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + comment := new(Comment) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment) + return comment, resp, err +} + +// DeleteIssueComment deletes an issue comment. +func (c *Client) DeleteIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_label.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_label.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f343ee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_label.go @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "regexp" + "strings" +) + +// Label a label to an issue or a pr +type Label struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Name string `json:"name"` + // example: 00aabb + Color string `json:"color"` + Description string `json:"description"` + URL string `json:"url"` +} + +// ListLabelsOptions options for listing repository's labels +type ListLabelsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListRepoLabels list labels of one repository +func (c *Client) ListRepoLabels(owner, repo string, opt ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + labels := make([]*Label, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels?%s", owner, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels) + return labels, resp, err +} + +// GetRepoLabel get one label of repository by repo it +func (c *Client) GetRepoLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Label, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + label := new(Label) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, label) + return label, resp, err +} + +// CreateLabelOption options for creating a label +type CreateLabelOption struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + // example: #00aabb + Color string `json:"color"` + Description string `json:"description"` +} + +// Validate the CreateLabelOption struct +func (opt CreateLabelOption) Validate() error { + aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", opt.Color) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if !aw { + return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format") + } + if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateLabel create one label of repository +func (c *Client) CreateLabel(owner, repo string, opt CreateLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if len(opt.Color) == 6 { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + opt.Color = "#" + opt.Color + } + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + label := new(Label) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels", owner, repo), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label) + return label, resp, err +} + +// EditLabelOption options for editing a label +type EditLabelOption struct { + Name *string `json:"name"` + Color *string `json:"color"` + Description *string `json:"description"` +} + +// Validate the EditLabelOption struct +func (opt EditLabelOption) Validate() error { + if opt.Color != nil { + aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", *opt.Color) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if !aw { + return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format") + } + } + if opt.Name != nil { + if len(strings.TrimSpace(*opt.Name)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed") + } + } + return nil +} + +// EditLabel modify one label with options +func (c *Client) EditLabel(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + label := new(Label) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label) + return label, resp, err +} + +// DeleteLabel delete one label of repository by id +func (c *Client) DeleteLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// GetIssueLabels get labels of one issue via issue id +func (c *Client) GetIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opts ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + labels := make([]*Label, 0, 5) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels?%s", owner, repo, index, opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels) + return labels, resp, err +} + +// IssueLabelsOption a collection of labels +type IssueLabelsOption struct { + // list of label IDs + Labels []int64 `json:"labels"` +} + +// AddIssueLabels add one or more labels to one issue +func (c *Client) AddIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + var labels []*Label + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels) + return labels, resp, err +} + +// ReplaceIssueLabels replace old labels of issue with new labels +func (c *Client) ReplaceIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + var labels []*Label + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels) + return labels, resp, err +} + +// DeleteIssueLabel delete one label of one issue by issue id and label id +// TODO: maybe we need delete by label name and issue id +func (c *Client) DeleteIssueLabel(owner, repo string, index, label int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels/%d", owner, repo, index, label), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// ClearIssueLabels delete all the labels of one issue. +func (c *Client) ClearIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_milestone.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_milestone.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfb5720 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_milestone.go @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "strings" + "time" +) + +// Milestone milestone is a collection of issues on one repository +type Milestone struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Title string `json:"title"` + Description string `json:"description"` + State StateType `json:"state"` + OpenIssues int `json:"open_issues"` + ClosedIssues int `json:"closed_issues"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` + Updated *time.Time `json:"updated_at"` + Closed *time.Time `json:"closed_at"` + Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_on"` +} + +// ListMilestoneOption list milestone options +type ListMilestoneOption struct { + ListOptions + // open, closed, all + State StateType + Name string +} + +// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument +func (opt *ListMilestoneOption) QueryEncode() string { + query := opt.getURLQuery() + if opt.State != "" { + query.Add("state", string(opt.State)) + } + if len(opt.Name) != 0 { + query.Add("name", opt.Name) + } + return query.Encode() +} + +// ListRepoMilestones list all the milestones of one repository +func (c *Client) ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo string, opt ListMilestoneOption) ([]*Milestone, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + milestones := make([]*Milestone, 0, opt.PageSize) + + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo)) + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &milestones) + return milestones, resp, err +} + +// GetMilestone get one milestone by repo name and milestone id +func (c *Client) GetMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Milestone, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + milestone := new(Milestone) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, milestone) + return milestone, resp, err +} + +// GetMilestoneByName get one milestone by repo and milestone name +func (c *Client) GetMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) { + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil { + // backwards compatibility mode + m, resp, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name) + return m, resp, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + milestone := new(Milestone) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil, milestone) + return milestone, resp, err +} + +// CreateMilestoneOption options for creating a milestone +type CreateMilestoneOption struct { + Title string `json:"title"` + Description string `json:"description"` + State StateType `json:"state"` + Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_on"` +} + +// Validate the CreateMilestoneOption struct +func (opt CreateMilestoneOption) Validate() error { + if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("title is empty") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateMilestone create one milestone with options +func (c *Client) CreateMilestone(owner, repo string, opt CreateMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + milestone := new(Milestone) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone) + + // make creating closed milestones need gitea >= v1.13.0 + // this make it backwards compatible + if err == nil && opt.State == StateClosed && milestone.State != StateClosed { + closed := StateClosed + return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, milestone.ID, EditMilestoneOption{ + State: &closed, + }) + } + + return milestone, resp, err +} + +// EditMilestoneOption options for editing a milestone +type EditMilestoneOption struct { + Title string `json:"title"` + Description *string `json:"description"` + State *StateType `json:"state"` + Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_on"` +} + +// Validate the EditMilestoneOption struct +func (opt EditMilestoneOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("title is empty") + } + return nil +} + +// EditMilestone modify milestone with options +func (c *Client) EditMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + milestone := new(Milestone) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone) + return milestone, resp, err +} + +// EditMilestoneByName modify milestone with options +func (c *Client) EditMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) { + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil { + // backwards compatibility mode + m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID, opt) + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + milestone := new(Milestone) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone) + return milestone, resp, err +} + +// DeleteMilestone delete one milestone by id +func (c *Client) DeleteMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteMilestoneByName delete one milestone by name +func (c *Client) DeleteMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string) (*Response, error) { + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil { + // backwards compatibility mode + m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return c.DeleteMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID) + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// resolveMilestoneByName is a fallback method to find milestone id by name +func (c *Client) resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) { + for i := 1; ; i++ { + miles, resp, err := c.ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo, ListMilestoneOption{ + ListOptions: ListOptions{ + Page: i, + }, + State: "all", + }) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if len(miles) == 0 { + return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("milestone '%s' do not exist", name) + } + for _, m := range miles { + if strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(m.Title)) == strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(name)) { + return m, resp, nil + } + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_reaction.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_reaction.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b45c066 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_reaction.go @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "time" +) + +// Reaction contain one reaction +type Reaction struct { + User *User `json:"user"` + Reaction string `json:"content"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` +} + +// GetIssueReactions get a list reactions of an issue +func (c *Client) GetIssueReactions(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &reactions) + return reactions, resp, err +} + +// GetIssueCommentReactions get a list of reactions from a comment of an issue +func (c *Client) GetIssueCommentReactions(owner, repo string, commentID int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil, &reactions) + return reactions, resp, err +} + +// editReactionOption contain the reaction type +type editReactionOption struct { + Reaction string `json:"content"` +} + +// PostIssueReaction add a reaction to an issue +func (c *Client) PostIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + reactionResponse := new(Reaction) + body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction}) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse) + return reactionResponse, resp, err +} + +// DeleteIssueReaction remove a reaction from an issue +func (c *Client) DeleteIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction}) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// PostIssueCommentReaction add a reaction to a comment of an issue +func (c *Client) PostIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + reactionResponse := new(Reaction) + body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction}) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse) + return reactionResponse, resp, err +} + +// DeleteIssueCommentReaction remove a reaction from a comment of an issue +func (c *Client) DeleteIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction}) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_stopwatch.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_stopwatch.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebb0b8a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_stopwatch.go @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "time" +) + +// StopWatch represents a running stopwatch of an issue / pr +type StopWatch struct { + Created time.Time `json:"created"` + Seconds int64 `json:"seconds"` + Duration string `json:"duration"` + IssueIndex int64 `json:"issue_index"` + IssueTitle string `json:"issue_title"` + RepoOwnerName string `json:"repo_owner_name"` + RepoName string `json:"repo_name"` +} + +// GetMyStopwatches list all stopwatches +func (c *Client) GetMyStopwatches() ([]*StopWatch, *Response, error) { + stopwatches := make([]*StopWatch, 0, 1) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/stopwatches", nil, nil, &stopwatches) + return stopwatches, resp, err +} + +// DeleteIssueStopwatch delete / cancel a specific stopwatch +func (c *Client) DeleteIssueStopwatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/delete", owner, repo, index), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// StartIssueStopWatch starts a stopwatch for an existing issue for a given +// repository +func (c *Client) StartIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/start", owner, repo, index), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// StopIssueStopWatch stops an existing stopwatch for an issue in a given +// repository +func (c *Client) StopIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/stop", owner, repo, index), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_subscription.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_subscription.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86853c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_subscription.go @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/http" +) + +// GetIssueSubscribers get list of users who subscribed on an issue +func (c *Client) GetIssueSubscribers(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + subscribers := make([]*User, 0, 10) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &subscribers) + return subscribers, resp, err +} + +// AddIssueSubscription Subscribe user to issue +func (c *Client) AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return resp, err + } + if status == http.StatusCreated { + return resp, nil + } + if status == http.StatusOK { + return resp, fmt.Errorf("already subscribed") + } + return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status) +} + +// DeleteIssueSubscription unsubscribe user from issue +func (c *Client) DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return resp, err + } + if status == http.StatusCreated { + return resp, nil + } + if status == http.StatusOK { + return resp, fmt.Errorf("already unsubscribed") + } + return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status) +} + +// CheckIssueSubscription check if current user is subscribed to an issue +func (c *Client) CheckIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64) (*WatchInfo, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + wi := new(WatchInfo) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/check", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, wi) + return wi, resp, err +} + +// IssueSubscribe subscribe current user to an issue +func (c *Client) IssueSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) { + u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo() + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return c.AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName) +} + +// IssueUnSubscribe unsubscribe current user from an issue +func (c *Client) IssueUnSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) { + u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo() + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return c.DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName) +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_tracked_time.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_tracked_time.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c558516 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_tracked_time.go @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "time" +) + +// TrackedTime worked time for an issue / pr +type TrackedTime struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Created time.Time `json:"created"` + // Time in seconds + Time int64 `json:"time"` + // deprecated (only for backwards compatibility) + UserID int64 `json:"user_id"` + UserName string `json:"user_name"` + // deprecated (only for backwards compatibility) + IssueID int64 `json:"issue_id"` + Issue *Issue `json:"issue"` +} + +// ListTrackedTimesOptions options for listing repository's tracked times +type ListTrackedTimesOptions struct { + ListOptions + Since time.Time + Before time.Time + // User filter is only used by ListRepoTrackedTimes !!! + User string +} + +// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument +func (opt *ListTrackedTimesOptions) QueryEncode() string { + query := opt.getURLQuery() + + if !opt.Since.IsZero() { + query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339)) + } + if !opt.Before.IsZero() { + query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339)) + } + + if len(opt.User) != 0 { + query.Add("user", opt.User) + } + + return query.Encode() +} + +// ListRepoTrackedTimes list tracked times of a repository +func (c *Client) ListRepoTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/times", owner, repo)) + opt.setDefaults() + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, ×) + return times, resp, err +} + +// GetMyTrackedTimes list tracked times of the current user +func (c *Client) GetMyTrackedTimes() ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) { + times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, 10) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/times", jsonHeader, nil, ×) + return times, resp, err +} + +// AddTimeOption options for adding time to an issue +type AddTimeOption struct { + // time in seconds + Time int64 `json:"time"` + // optional + Created time.Time `json:"created"` + // optional + User string `json:"user_name"` +} + +// Validate the AddTimeOption struct +func (opt AddTimeOption) Validate() error { + if opt.Time == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("no time to add") + } + return nil +} + +// AddTime adds time to issue with the given index +func (c *Client) AddTime(owner, repo string, index int64, opt AddTimeOption) (*TrackedTime, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + t := new(TrackedTime) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t) + return t, resp, err +} + +// ListIssueTrackedTimes list tracked times of a single issue for a given repository +func (c *Client) ListIssueTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index)) + opt.setDefaults() + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, ×) + return times, resp, err +} + +// ResetIssueTime reset tracked time of a single issue for a given repository +func (c *Client) ResetIssueTime(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteTime delete a specific tracked time by id of a single issue for a given repository +func (c *Client) DeleteTime(owner, repo string, index, timeID int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times/%d", owner, repo, index, timeID), jsonHeader, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/list_options.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/list_options.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f3ffb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/list_options.go @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" +) + +const defaultPageSize = 10 +const maxPageSize = 50 + +// ListOptions options for using Gitea's API pagination +type ListOptions struct { + Page int + PageSize int +} + +func (o ListOptions) getURLQuery() url.Values { + query := make(url.Values) + query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.Page)) + query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.PageSize)) + + return query +} + +// setDefaults set default pagination options if none or wrong are set +// if you set -1 as page it will set all to 0 +func (o *ListOptions) setDefaults() { + if o.Page < 0 { + o.Page, o.PageSize = 0, 0 + return + } else if o.Page == 0 { + o.Page = 1 + } + + if o.PageSize < 0 || o.PageSize > maxPageSize { + o.PageSize = defaultPageSize + } +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/notifications.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/notifications.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b1ffa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/notifications.go @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" + "time" + + "github.com/hashicorp/go-version" +) + +var ( + version1_12_3, _ = version.NewVersion("1.12.3") +) + +// NotificationThread expose Notification on API +type NotificationThread struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Repository *Repository `json:"repository"` + Subject *NotificationSubject `json:"subject"` + Unread bool `json:"unread"` + Pinned bool `json:"pinned"` + UpdatedAt time.Time `json:"updated_at"` + URL string `json:"url"` +} + +// NotificationSubject contains the notification subject (Issue/Pull/Commit) +type NotificationSubject struct { + Title string `json:"title"` + URL string `json:"url"` + LatestCommentURL string `json:"latest_comment_url"` + Type NotifySubjectType `json:"type"` + State NotifySubjectState `json:"state"` +} + +// NotifyStatus notification status type +type NotifyStatus string + +const ( + // NotifyStatusUnread was not read + NotifyStatusUnread NotifyStatus = "unread" + // NotifyStatusRead was already read by user + NotifyStatusRead NotifyStatus = "read" + // NotifyStatusPinned notification is pinned by user + NotifyStatusPinned NotifyStatus = "pinned" +) + +// NotifySubjectType represent type of notification subject +type NotifySubjectType string + +const ( + // NotifySubjectIssue an issue is subject of an notification + NotifySubjectIssue NotifySubjectType = "Issue" + // NotifySubjectPull an pull is subject of an notification + NotifySubjectPull NotifySubjectType = "Pull" + // NotifySubjectCommit an commit is subject of an notification + NotifySubjectCommit NotifySubjectType = "Commit" + // NotifySubjectRepository an repository is subject of an notification + NotifySubjectRepository NotifySubjectType = "Repository" +) + +// NotifySubjectState reflect state of notification subject +type NotifySubjectState string + +const ( + // NotifySubjectOpen if subject is a pull/issue and is open at the moment + NotifySubjectOpen NotifySubjectState = "open" + // NotifySubjectClosed if subject is a pull/issue and is closed at the moment + NotifySubjectClosed NotifySubjectState = "closed" + // NotifySubjectMerged if subject is a pull and got merged + NotifySubjectMerged NotifySubjectState = "merged" +) + +// ListNotificationOptions represents the filter options +type ListNotificationOptions struct { + ListOptions + Since time.Time + Before time.Time + Status []NotifyStatus + SubjectTypes []NotifySubjectType +} + +// MarkNotificationOptions represents the filter & modify options +type MarkNotificationOptions struct { + LastReadAt time.Time + Status []NotifyStatus + ToStatus NotifyStatus +} + +// QueryEncode encode options to url query +func (opt *ListNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string { + query := opt.getURLQuery() + if !opt.Since.IsZero() { + query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339)) + } + if !opt.Before.IsZero() { + query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339)) + } + for _, s := range opt.Status { + query.Add("status-types", string(s)) + } + for _, s := range opt.SubjectTypes { + query.Add("subject-type", string(s)) + } + return query.Encode() +} + +// Validate the CreateUserOption struct +func (opt ListNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error { + if len(opt.Status) != 0 { + return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3) + } + return nil +} + +// QueryEncode encode options to url query +func (opt *MarkNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string { + query := make(url.Values) + if !opt.LastReadAt.IsZero() { + query.Add("last_read_at", opt.LastReadAt.Format(time.RFC3339)) + } + for _, s := range opt.Status { + query.Add("status-types", string(s)) + } + if len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 { + query.Add("to-status", string(opt.ToStatus)) + } + return query.Encode() +} + +// Validate the CreateUserOption struct +func (opt MarkNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error { + if len(opt.Status) != 0 || len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 { + return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3) + } + return nil +} + +// CheckNotifications list users's notification threads +func (c *Client) CheckNotifications() (int64, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return 0, nil, err + } + new := struct { + New int64 `json:"new"` + }{} + + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/notifications/new", jsonHeader, nil, &new) + return new.New, resp, err +} + +// GetNotification get notification thread by ID +func (c *Client) GetNotification(id int64) (*NotificationThread, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + thread := new(NotificationThread) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id), nil, nil, thread) + return thread, resp, err +} + +// ReadNotification mark notification thread as read by ID +// It optionally takes a second argument if status has to be set other than 'read' +func (c *Client) ReadNotification(id int64, status ...NotifyStatus) (*Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + link := fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id) + if len(status) != 0 { + link += fmt.Sprintf("?to-status=%s", status[0]) + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", link, nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// ListNotifications list users's notification threads +func (c *Client) ListNotifications(opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications") + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads) + return threads, resp, err +} + +// ReadNotifications mark notification threads as read +func (c *Client) ReadNotifications(opt MarkNotificationOptions) (*Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications") + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// ListRepoNotifications list users's notification threads on a specific repo +func (c *Client) ListRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo)) + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads) + return threads, resp, err +} + +// ReadRepoNotifications mark notification threads as read on a specific repo +func (c *Client) ReadRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt MarkNotificationOptions) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo)) + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/oauth2.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/oauth2.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbdfdaf --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/oauth2.go @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "time" +) + +// Oauth2 represents an Oauth2 Application +type Oauth2 struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Name string `json:"name"` + ClientID string `json:"client_id"` + ClientSecret string `json:"client_secret"` + RedirectURIs []string `json:"redirect_uris"` + Created time.Time `json:"created"` +} + +// ListOauth2Option for listing Oauth2 Applications +type ListOauth2Option struct { + ListOptions +} + +// CreateOauth2Option required options for creating an Application +type CreateOauth2Option struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + RedirectURIs []string `json:"redirect_uris"` +} + +// CreateOauth2 create an Oauth2 Application and returns a completed Oauth2 object. +func (c *Client) CreateOauth2(opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + oauth := new(Oauth2) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/applications/oauth2", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth) + return oauth, resp, err +} + +// UpdateOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID and return a completed Oauth2 object. +func (c *Client) UpdateOauth2(oauth2id int64, opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + oauth := new(Oauth2) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth) + return oauth, resp, err +} + +// GetOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID. +func (c *Client) GetOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + oauth2s := &Oauth2{} + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil, &oauth2s) + return oauth2s, resp, err +} + +// ListOauth2 all of your Oauth2 Applications. +func (c *Client) ListOauth2(opt ListOauth2Option) ([]*Oauth2, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + oauth2s := make([]*Oauth2, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &oauth2s) + return oauth2s, resp, err +} + +// DeleteOauth2 delete an Oauth2 application by ID +func (c *Client) DeleteOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82e1bf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org.go @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// Organization represents an organization +type Organization struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + UserName string `json:"username"` + FullName string `json:"full_name"` + AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"` + Description string `json:"description"` + Website string `json:"website"` + Location string `json:"location"` + Visibility string `json:"visibility"` +} + +// VisibleType defines the visibility +type VisibleType string + +const ( + // VisibleTypePublic Visible for everyone + VisibleTypePublic VisibleType = "public" + + // VisibleTypeLimited Visible for every connected user + VisibleTypeLimited VisibleType = "limited" + + // VisibleTypePrivate Visible only for organization's members + VisibleTypePrivate VisibleType = "private" +) + +// ListOrgsOptions options for listing organizations +type ListOrgsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListMyOrgs list all of current user's organizations +func (c *Client) ListMyOrgs(opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs) + return orgs, resp, err +} + +// ListUserOrgs list all of some user's organizations +func (c *Client) ListUserOrgs(user string, opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/orgs?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs) + return orgs, resp, err +} + +// GetOrg get one organization by name +func (c *Client) GetOrg(orgname string) (*Organization, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + org := new(Organization) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), nil, nil, org) + return org, resp, err +} + +// CreateOrgOption options for creating an organization +type CreateOrgOption struct { + Name string `json:"username"` + FullName string `json:"full_name"` + Description string `json:"description"` + Website string `json:"website"` + Location string `json:"location"` + Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"` + RepoAdminChangeTeamAccess bool `json:"repo_admin_change_team_access"` +} + +// checkVisibilityOpt check if mode exist +func checkVisibilityOpt(v VisibleType) bool { + return v == VisibleTypePublic || v == VisibleTypeLimited || v == VisibleTypePrivate +} + +// Validate the CreateOrgOption struct +func (opt CreateOrgOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.Name) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("empty org name") + } + if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) { + return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateOrg creates an organization +func (c *Client) CreateOrg(opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) { + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + org := new(Organization) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/orgs", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org) + return org, resp, err +} + +// EditOrgOption options for editing an organization +type EditOrgOption struct { + FullName string `json:"full_name"` + Description string `json:"description"` + Website string `json:"website"` + Location string `json:"location"` + Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"` +} + +// Validate the EditOrgOption struct +func (opt EditOrgOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) { + return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option") + } + return nil +} + +// EditOrg modify one organization via options +func (c *Client) EditOrg(orgname string, opt EditOrgOption) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteOrg deletes an organization +func (c *Client) DeleteOrg(orgname string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_member.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_member.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1eed90f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_member.go @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/http" + "net/url" +) + +// DeleteOrgMembership remove a member from an organization +func (c *Client) DeleteOrgMembership(org, user string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// ListOrgMembershipOption list OrgMembership options +type ListOrgMembershipOption struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListOrgMembership list an organization's members +func (c *Client) ListOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize) + + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members", org)) + link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode() + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users) + return users, resp, err +} + +// ListPublicOrgMembership list an organization's members +func (c *Client) ListPublicOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize) + + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members", org)) + link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode() + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users) + return users, resp, err +} + +// CheckOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization +func (c *Client) CheckOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return false, resp, err + } + switch status { + case http.StatusNoContent: + return true, resp, nil + case http.StatusNotFound: + return false, resp, nil + default: + return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status) + } +} + +// CheckPublicOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization +func (c *Client) CheckPublicOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return false, resp, err + } + switch status { + case http.StatusNoContent: + return true, resp, nil + case http.StatusNotFound: + return false, resp, nil + default: + return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status) + } +} + +// SetPublicOrgMembership publicize/conceal a user's membership +func (c *Client) SetPublicOrgMembership(org, user string, visible bool) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + var ( + status int + err error + resp *Response + ) + if visible { + status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil) + } else { + status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil) + } + if err != nil { + return resp, err + } + switch status { + case http.StatusNoContent: + return resp, nil + case http.StatusNotFound: + return resp, fmt.Errorf("forbidden") + default: + return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_team.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_team.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b1b27b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_team.go @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// Team represents a team in an organization +type Team struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Name string `json:"name"` + Description string `json:"description"` + Organization *Organization `json:"organization"` + Permission AccessMode `json:"permission"` + CanCreateOrgRepo bool `json:"can_create_org_repo"` + IncludesAllRepositories bool `json:"includes_all_repositories"` + Units []RepoUnitType `json:"units"` +} + +// RepoUnitType represent all unit types of a repo gitea currently offer +type RepoUnitType string + +const ( + // RepoUnitCode represent file view of a repository + RepoUnitCode RepoUnitType = "repo.code" + // RepoUnitIssues represent issues of a repository + RepoUnitIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.issues" + // RepoUnitPulls represent pulls of a repository + RepoUnitPulls RepoUnitType = "repo.pulls" + // RepoUnitExtIssues represent external issues of a repository + RepoUnitExtIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_issues" + // RepoUnitWiki represent wiki of a repository + RepoUnitWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.wiki" + // RepoUnitExtWiki represent external wiki of a repository + RepoUnitExtWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_wiki" + // RepoUnitReleases represent releases of a repository + RepoUnitReleases RepoUnitType = "repo.releases" + // RepoUnitProjects represent projects of a repository + RepoUnitProjects RepoUnitType = "repo.projects" +) + +// ListTeamsOptions options for listing teams +type ListTeamsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListOrgTeams lists all teams of an organization +func (c *Client) ListOrgTeams(org string, opt ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams) + return teams, resp, err +} + +// ListMyTeams lists all the teams of the current user +func (c *Client) ListMyTeams(opt *ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/teams?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams) + return teams, resp, err +} + +// GetTeam gets a team by ID +func (c *Client) GetTeam(id int64) (*Team, *Response, error) { + t := new(Team) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil, t) + return t, resp, err +} + +// CreateTeamOption options for creating a team +type CreateTeamOption struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + Description string `json:"description"` + Permission AccessMode `json:"permission"` + CanCreateOrgRepo bool `json:"can_create_org_repo"` + IncludesAllRepositories bool `json:"includes_all_repositories"` + Units []RepoUnitType `json:"units"` +} + +// Validate the CreateTeamOption struct +func (opt CreateTeamOption) Validate() error { + if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner { + opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin + } else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin { + return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid") + } + if len(opt.Name) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("name required") + } + if len(opt.Name) > 30 { + return fmt.Errorf("name to long") + } + if len(opt.Description) > 255 { + return fmt.Errorf("description to long") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateTeam creates a team for an organization +func (c *Client) CreateTeam(org string, opt CreateTeamOption) (*Team, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + t := new(Team) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t) + return t, resp, err +} + +// EditTeamOption options for editing a team +type EditTeamOption struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + Description *string `json:"description"` + Permission AccessMode `json:"permission"` + CanCreateOrgRepo *bool `json:"can_create_org_repo"` + IncludesAllRepositories *bool `json:"includes_all_repositories"` + Units []RepoUnitType `json:"units"` +} + +// Validate the EditTeamOption struct +func (opt EditTeamOption) Validate() error { + if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner { + opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin + } else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin { + return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid") + } + if len(opt.Name) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("name required") + } + if len(opt.Name) > 30 { + return fmt.Errorf("name to long") + } + if opt.Description != nil && len(*opt.Description) > 255 { + return fmt.Errorf("description to long") + } + return nil +} + +// EditTeam edits a team of an organization +func (c *Client) EditTeam(id int64, opt EditTeamOption) (*Response, error) { + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteTeam deletes a team of an organization +func (c *Client) DeleteTeam(id int64) (*Response, error) { + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// ListTeamMembersOptions options for listing team's members +type ListTeamMembersOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListTeamMembers lists all members of a team +func (c *Client) ListTeamMembers(id int64, opt ListTeamMembersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + members := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &members) + return members, resp, err +} + +// GetTeamMember gets a member of a team +func (c *Client) GetTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*User, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + m := new(User) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil, m) + return m, resp, err +} + +// AddTeamMember adds a member to a team +func (c *Client) AddTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// RemoveTeamMember removes a member from a team +func (c *Client) RemoveTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// ListTeamRepositoriesOptions options for listing team's repositories +type ListTeamRepositoriesOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListTeamRepositories lists all repositories of a team +func (c *Client) ListTeamRepositories(id int64, opt ListTeamRepositoriesOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos) + return repos, resp, err +} + +// AddTeamRepository adds a repository to a team +func (c *Client) AddTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// RemoveTeamRepository removes a repository from a team +func (c *Client) RemoveTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0198c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull.go @@ -0,0 +1,328 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/hashicorp/go-version" +) + +// PRBranchInfo information about a branch +type PRBranchInfo struct { + Name string `json:"label"` + Ref string `json:"ref"` + Sha string `json:"sha"` + RepoID int64 `json:"repo_id"` + Repository *Repository `json:"repo"` +} + +// PullRequest represents a pull request +type PullRequest struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + URL string `json:"url"` + Index int64 `json:"number"` + Poster *User `json:"user"` + Title string `json:"title"` + Body string `json:"body"` + Labels []*Label `json:"labels"` + Milestone *Milestone `json:"milestone"` + Assignee *User `json:"assignee"` + Assignees []*User `json:"assignees"` + State StateType `json:"state"` + IsLocked bool `json:"is_locked"` + Comments int `json:"comments"` + + HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"` + DiffURL string `json:"diff_url"` + PatchURL string `json:"patch_url"` + + Mergeable bool `json:"mergeable"` + HasMerged bool `json:"merged"` + Merged *time.Time `json:"merged_at"` + MergedCommitID *string `json:"merge_commit_sha"` + MergedBy *User `json:"merged_by"` + + Base *PRBranchInfo `json:"base"` + Head *PRBranchInfo `json:"head"` + MergeBase string `json:"merge_base"` + + Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"` + Created *time.Time `json:"created_at"` + Updated *time.Time `json:"updated_at"` + Closed *time.Time `json:"closed_at"` +} + +// ListPullRequestsOptions options for listing pull requests +type ListPullRequestsOptions struct { + ListOptions + State StateType `json:"state"` + // oldest, recentupdate, leastupdate, mostcomment, leastcomment, priority + Sort string + Milestone int64 +} + +// MergeStyle is used specify how a pull is merged +type MergeStyle string + +const ( + // MergeStyleMerge merge pull as usual + MergeStyleMerge MergeStyle = "merge" + // MergeStyleRebase rebase pull + MergeStyleRebase MergeStyle = "rebase" + // MergeStyleRebaseMerge rebase and merge pull + MergeStyleRebaseMerge MergeStyle = "rebase-merge" + // MergeStyleSquash squash and merge pull + MergeStyleSquash MergeStyle = "squash" +) + +// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument +func (opt *ListPullRequestsOptions) QueryEncode() string { + query := opt.getURLQuery() + if len(opt.State) > 0 { + query.Add("state", string(opt.State)) + } + if len(opt.Sort) > 0 { + query.Add("sort", opt.Sort) + } + if opt.Milestone > 0 { + query.Add("milestone", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Milestone)) + } + return query.Encode() +} + +// ListRepoPullRequests list PRs of one repository +func (c *Client) ListRepoPullRequests(owner, repo string, opt ListPullRequestsOptions) ([]*PullRequest, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + prs := make([]*PullRequest, 0, opt.PageSize) + + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo)) + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &prs) + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil { + for i := range prs { + if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, prs[i]); err != nil { + return prs, resp, err + } + } + } + return prs, resp, err +} + +// GetPullRequest get information of one PR +func (c *Client) GetPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + pr := new(PullRequest) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, pr) + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil { + if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, pr); err != nil { + return pr, resp, err + } + } + return pr, resp, err +} + +// CreatePullRequestOption options when creating a pull request +type CreatePullRequestOption struct { + Head string `json:"head"` + Base string `json:"base"` + Title string `json:"title"` + Body string `json:"body"` + Assignee string `json:"assignee"` + Assignees []string `json:"assignees"` + Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"` + Labels []int64 `json:"labels"` + Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"` +} + +// CreatePullRequest create pull request with options +func (c *Client) CreatePullRequest(owner, repo string, opt CreatePullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + pr := new(PullRequest) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr) + return pr, resp, err +} + +// EditPullRequestOption options when modify pull request +type EditPullRequestOption struct { + Title string `json:"title"` + Body string `json:"body"` + Base string `json:"base"` + Assignee string `json:"assignee"` + Assignees []string `json:"assignees"` + Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"` + Labels []int64 `json:"labels"` + State *StateType `json:"state"` + Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"` +} + +// Validate the EditPullRequestOption struct +func (opt EditPullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error { + if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("title is empty") + } + if len(opt.Base) != 0 { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("can not change base gitea to old") + } + } + return nil +} + +// EditPullRequest modify pull request with PR id and options +func (c *Client) EditPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditPullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + pr := new(PullRequest) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr) + return pr, resp, err +} + +// MergePullRequestOption options when merging a pull request +type MergePullRequestOption struct { + Style MergeStyle `json:"Do"` + Title string `json:"MergeTitleField"` + Message string `json:"MergeMessageField"` +} + +var version1_11_5, _ = version.NewVersion("1.11.5") + +// Validate the MergePullRequestOption struct +func (opt MergePullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error { + if opt.Style == MergeStyleSquash { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_5); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// MergePullRequest merge a PR to repository by PR id +func (c *Client) MergePullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt MergePullRequestOption) (bool, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + if err != nil { + return false, resp, err + } + return status == 200, resp, nil +} + +// IsPullRequestMerged test if one PR is merged to one repository +func (c *Client) IsPullRequestMerged(owner, repo string, index int64) (bool, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), nil, nil) + + if err != nil { + return false, resp, err + } + + return status == 204, resp, nil +} + +// getPullRequestDiffOrPatch gets the patch or diff file as bytes for a PR +func (c *Client) getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, kind string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &kind); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + r, _, err2 := c.GetRepo(owner, repo) + if err2 != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if r.Private { + return nil, nil, err + } + return c.getWebResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil) + } + return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil, nil) +} + +// GetPullRequestPatch gets the .patch file as bytes for a PR +func (c *Client) GetPullRequestPatch(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) { + return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, "patch", index) +} + +// GetPullRequestDiff gets the .diff file as bytes for a PR +func (c *Client) GetPullRequestDiff(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) { + return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, "diff", index) +} + +// ListPullRequestCommitsOptions options for listing pull requests +type ListPullRequestCommitsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListPullRequestCommits list commits for a pull request +func (c *Client) ListPullRequestCommits(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullRequestCommitsOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/commits", owner, repo, index)) + opt.setDefaults() + commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize) + link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode() + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits) + return commits, resp, err +} + +// fixPullHeadSha is a workaround for https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/12675 +// When no head sha is available, this is because the branch got deleted in the base repo. +// pr.Head.Ref points in this case not to the head repo branch name, but the base repo ref, +// which stays available to resolve the commit sha. This is fixed for gitea >= 1.14.0 +func fixPullHeadSha(client *Client, pr *PullRequest) error { + if pr.Base != nil && pr.Base.Repository != nil && pr.Base.Repository.Owner != nil && + pr.Head != nil && pr.Head.Ref != "" && pr.Head.Sha == "" { + owner := pr.Base.Repository.Owner.UserName + repo := pr.Base.Repository.Name + refs, _, err := client.GetRepoRefs(owner, repo, pr.Head.Ref) + if err != nil { + return err + } else if len(refs) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("unable to resolve PR ref '%s'", pr.Head.Ref) + } + pr.Head.Sha = refs[0].Object.SHA + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull_review.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull_review.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a484dfd --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull_review.go @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "strings" + "time" +) + +// ReviewStateType review state type +type ReviewStateType string + +const ( + // ReviewStateApproved pr is approved + ReviewStateApproved ReviewStateType = "APPROVED" + // ReviewStatePending pr state is pending + ReviewStatePending ReviewStateType = "PENDING" + // ReviewStateComment is a comment review + ReviewStateComment ReviewStateType = "COMMENT" + // ReviewStateRequestChanges changes for pr are requested + ReviewStateRequestChanges ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_CHANGES" + // ReviewStateRequestReview review is requested from user + ReviewStateRequestReview ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_REVIEW" + // ReviewStateUnknown state of pr is unknown + ReviewStateUnknown ReviewStateType = "" +) + +// PullReview represents a pull request review +type PullReview struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Reviewer *User `json:"user"` + ReviewerTeam *Team `json:"team"` + State ReviewStateType `json:"state"` + Body string `json:"body"` + CommitID string `json:"commit_id"` + // Stale indicates if the pull has changed since the review + Stale bool `json:"stale"` + // Official indicates if the review counts towards the required approval limit, if PR base is a protected branch + Official bool `json:"official"` + Dismissed bool `json:"dismissed"` + CodeCommentsCount int `json:"comments_count"` + Submitted time.Time `json:"submitted_at"` + + HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"` + HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"` +} + +// PullReviewComment represents a comment on a pull request review +type PullReviewComment struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Body string `json:"body"` + Reviewer *User `json:"user"` + ReviewID int64 `json:"pull_request_review_id"` + Resolver *User `json:"resolver"` + + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` + Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"` + + Path string `json:"path"` + CommitID string `json:"commit_id"` + OrigCommitID string `json:"original_commit_id"` + DiffHunk string `json:"diff_hunk"` + LineNum uint64 `json:"position"` + OldLineNum uint64 `json:"original_position"` + + HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"` + HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"` +} + +// CreatePullReviewOptions are options to create a pull review +type CreatePullReviewOptions struct { + State ReviewStateType `json:"event"` + Body string `json:"body"` + CommitID string `json:"commit_id"` + Comments []CreatePullReviewComment `json:"comments"` +} + +// CreatePullReviewComment represent a review comment for creation api +type CreatePullReviewComment struct { + // the tree path + Path string `json:"path"` + Body string `json:"body"` + // if comment to old file line or 0 + OldLineNum int64 `json:"old_position"` + // if comment to new file line or 0 + NewLineNum int64 `json:"new_position"` +} + +// SubmitPullReviewOptions are options to submit a pending pull review +type SubmitPullReviewOptions struct { + State ReviewStateType `json:"event"` + Body string `json:"body"` +} + +// DismissPullReviewOptions are options to dismiss a pull review +type DismissPullReviewOptions struct { + Message string `json:"message"` +} + +// PullReviewRequestOptions are options to add or remove pull review requests +type PullReviewRequestOptions struct { + Reviewers []string `json:"reviewers"` + TeamReviewers []string `json:"team_reviewers"` +} + +// ListPullReviewsOptions options for listing PullReviews +type ListPullReviewsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// Validate the CreatePullReviewOptions struct +func (opt CreatePullReviewOptions) Validate() error { + if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("body is empty") + } + for i := range opt.Comments { + if err := opt.Comments[i].Validate(); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// Validate the SubmitPullReviewOptions struct +func (opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) Validate() error { + if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("body is empty") + } + return nil +} + +// Validate the CreatePullReviewComment struct +func (opt CreatePullReviewComment) Validate() error { + if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("body is empty") + } + if opt.NewLineNum != 0 && opt.OldLineNum != 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("old and new line num are set, cant identify the code comment position") + } + return nil +} + +// ListPullReviews lists all reviews of a pull request +func (c *Client) ListPullReviews(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullReviewsOptions) ([]*PullReview, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + rs := make([]*PullReview, 0, opt.PageSize) + + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index)) + link.RawQuery = opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery().Encode() + + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rs) + return rs, resp, err +} + +// GetPullReview gets a specific review of a pull request +func (c *Client) GetPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*PullReview, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + r := new(PullReview) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil, &r) + return r, resp, err +} + +// ListPullReviewComments lists all comments of a pull request review +func (c *Client) ListPullReviewComments(owner, repo string, index, id int64) ([]*PullReviewComment, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + rcl := make([]*PullReviewComment, 0, 4) + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/comments", owner, repo, index, id)) + + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rcl) + return rcl, resp, err +} + +// DeletePullReview delete a specific review from a pull request +func (c *Client) DeletePullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// CreatePullReview create a review to an pull request +func (c *Client) CreatePullReview(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreatePullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + r := new(PullReview) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r) + return r, resp, err +} + +// SubmitPullReview submit a pending review to an pull request +func (c *Client) SubmitPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + r := new(PullReview) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r) + return r, resp, err +} + +// CreateReviewRequests create review requests to an pull request +func (c *Client) CreateReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteReviewRequests delete review requests to an pull request +func (c *Client) DeleteReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// DismissPullReview dismiss a review for a pull request +func (c *Client) DismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt DismissPullReviewOptions) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/dismissals", owner, repo, index, id), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// UnDismissPullReview cancel to dismiss a review for a pull request +func (c *Client) UnDismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/undismissals", owner, repo, index, id), + jsonHeader, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/release.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/release.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8e7681 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/release.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/http" + "strings" + "time" +) + +// Release represents a repository release +type Release struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + TagName string `json:"tag_name"` + Target string `json:"target_commitish"` + Title string `json:"name"` + Note string `json:"body"` + URL string `json:"url"` + HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"` + TarURL string `json:"tarball_url"` + ZipURL string `json:"zipball_url"` + IsDraft bool `json:"draft"` + IsPrerelease bool `json:"prerelease"` + CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at"` + PublishedAt time.Time `json:"published_at"` + Publisher *User `json:"author"` + Attachments []*Attachment `json:"assets"` +} + +// ListReleasesOptions options for listing repository's releases +type ListReleasesOptions struct { + ListOptions + IsDraft *bool + IsPreRelease *bool +} + +// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument +func (opt *ListReleasesOptions) QueryEncode() string { + query := opt.getURLQuery() + + if opt.IsDraft != nil { + query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsDraft)) + } + if opt.IsPreRelease != nil { + query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsPreRelease)) + } + + return query.Encode() +} + +// ListReleases list releases of a repository +func (c *Client) ListReleases(owner, repo string, opt ListReleasesOptions) ([]*Release, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + releases := make([]*Release, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases?%s", owner, repo, opt.QueryEncode()), + nil, nil, &releases) + return releases, resp, err +} + +// GetRelease get a release of a repository by id +func (c *Client) GetRelease(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Release, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + r := new(Release) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id), + jsonHeader, nil, &r) + return r, resp, err +} + +// GetReleaseByTag get a release of a repository by tag +func (c *Client) GetReleaseByTag(owner, repo string, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) { + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil { + return c.fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo, tag) + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &tag); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + r := new(Release) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", owner, repo, tag), + nil, nil, &r) + return r, resp, err +} + +// CreateReleaseOption options when creating a release +type CreateReleaseOption struct { + TagName string `json:"tag_name"` + Target string `json:"target_commitish"` + Title string `json:"name"` + Note string `json:"body"` + IsDraft bool `json:"draft"` + IsPrerelease bool `json:"prerelease"` +} + +// Validate the CreateReleaseOption struct +func (opt CreateReleaseOption) Validate() error { + if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("title is empty") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateRelease create a release +func (c *Client) CreateRelease(owner, repo string, opt CreateReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + r := new(Release) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases", owner, repo), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r) + return r, resp, err +} + +// EditReleaseOption options when editing a release +type EditReleaseOption struct { + TagName string `json:"tag_name"` + Target string `json:"target_commitish"` + Title string `json:"name"` + Note string `json:"body"` + IsDraft *bool `json:"draft"` + IsPrerelease *bool `json:"prerelease"` +} + +// EditRelease edit a release +func (c *Client) EditRelease(owner, repo string, id int64, form EditReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(form) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + r := new(Release) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id), + jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r) + return r, resp, err +} + +// DeleteRelease delete a release from a repository, keeping its tag +func (c *Client) DeleteRelease(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", user, repo, id), + nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteReleaseByTag deletes a release frm a repository by tag +func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseByTag(user, repo string, tag string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", user, repo, tag), + nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// fallbackGetReleaseByTag is fallback for old gitea installations ( < 1.13.0 ) +func (c *Client) fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo string, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) { + for i := 1; ; i++ { + rl, resp, err := c.ListReleases(owner, repo, ListReleasesOptions{ListOptions: ListOptions{Page: i}}) + if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + if len(rl) == 0 { + return nil, + &Response{&http.Response{StatusCode: 404}}, + fmt.Errorf("release with tag '%s' not found", tag) + } + for _, r := range rl { + if r.TagName == tag { + return r, resp, nil + } + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62d13a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo.go @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "io" + "net/url" + "strings" + "time" +) + +// Permission represents a set of permissions +type Permission struct { + Admin bool `json:"admin"` + Push bool `json:"push"` + Pull bool `json:"pull"` +} + +// InternalTracker represents settings for internal tracker +type InternalTracker struct { + // Enable time tracking (Built-in issue tracker) + EnableTimeTracker bool `json:"enable_time_tracker"` + // Let only contributors track time (Built-in issue tracker) + AllowOnlyContributorsToTrackTime bool `json:"allow_only_contributors_to_track_time"` + // Enable dependencies for issues and pull requests (Built-in issue tracker) + EnableIssueDependencies bool `json:"enable_issue_dependencies"` +} + +// ExternalTracker represents settings for external tracker +type ExternalTracker struct { + // URL of external issue tracker. + ExternalTrackerURL string `json:"external_tracker_url"` + // External Issue Tracker URL Format. Use the placeholders {user}, {repo} and {index} for the username, repository name and issue index. + ExternalTrackerFormat string `json:"external_tracker_format"` + // External Issue Tracker Number Format, either `numeric` or `alphanumeric` + ExternalTrackerStyle string `json:"external_tracker_style"` +} + +// ExternalWiki represents setting for external wiki +type ExternalWiki struct { + // URL of external wiki. + ExternalWikiURL string `json:"external_wiki_url"` +} + +// Repository represents a repository +type Repository struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Owner *User `json:"owner"` + Name string `json:"name"` + FullName string `json:"full_name"` + Description string `json:"description"` + Empty bool `json:"empty"` + Private bool `json:"private"` + Fork bool `json:"fork"` + Template bool `json:"template"` + Parent *Repository `json:"parent"` + Mirror bool `json:"mirror"` + Size int `json:"size"` + HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"` + SSHURL string `json:"ssh_url"` + CloneURL string `json:"clone_url"` + OriginalURL string `json:"original_url"` + Website string `json:"website"` + Stars int `json:"stars_count"` + Forks int `json:"forks_count"` + Watchers int `json:"watchers_count"` + OpenIssues int `json:"open_issues_count"` + OpenPulls int `json:"open_pr_counter"` + Releases int `json:"release_counter"` + DefaultBranch string `json:"default_branch"` + Archived bool `json:"archived"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` + Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"` + Permissions *Permission `json:"permissions,omitempty"` + HasIssues bool `json:"has_issues"` + InternalTracker *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"` + ExternalTracker *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"` + HasWiki bool `json:"has_wiki"` + ExternalWiki *ExternalWiki `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"` + HasPullRequests bool `json:"has_pull_requests"` + HasProjects bool `json:"has_projects"` + IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts bool `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts"` + AllowMerge bool `json:"allow_merge_commits"` + AllowRebase bool `json:"allow_rebase"` + AllowRebaseMerge bool `json:"allow_rebase_explicit"` + AllowSquash bool `json:"allow_squash_merge"` + AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"` + Internal bool `json:"internal"` + MirrorInterval string `json:"mirror_interval"` + DefaultMergeStyle MergeStyle `json:"default_merge_style"` +} + +// RepoType represent repo type +type RepoType string + +const ( + // RepoTypeNone dont specify a type + RepoTypeNone RepoType = "" + // RepoTypeSource is the default repo type + RepoTypeSource RepoType = "source" + // RepoTypeFork is a repo witch was forked from an other one + RepoTypeFork RepoType = "fork" + // RepoTypeMirror represents an mirror repo + RepoTypeMirror RepoType = "mirror" +) + +// TrustModel represent how git signatures are handled in a repository +type TrustModel string + +const ( + // TrustModelDefault use TM set by global config + TrustModelDefault TrustModel = "default" + // TrustModelCollaborator gpg signature has to be owned by a repo collaborator + TrustModelCollaborator TrustModel = "collaborator" + // TrustModelCommitter gpg signature has to match committer + TrustModelCommitter TrustModel = "committer" + // TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter gpg signature has to match committer and owned by a repo collaborator + TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter TrustModel = "collaboratorcommitter" +) + +// ListReposOptions options for listing repositories +type ListReposOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListMyRepos lists all repositories for the authenticated user that has access to. +func (c *Client) ListMyRepos(opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/repos?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos) + return repos, resp, err +} + +// ListUserRepos list all repositories of one user by user's name +func (c *Client) ListUserRepos(user string, opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/repos?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos) + return repos, resp, err +} + +// ListOrgReposOptions options for a organization's repositories +type ListOrgReposOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListOrgRepos list all repositories of one organization by organization's name +func (c *Client) ListOrgRepos(org string, opt ListOrgReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/repos?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos) + return repos, resp, err +} + +// SearchRepoOptions options for searching repositories +type SearchRepoOptions struct { + ListOptions + + // The keyword to query + Keyword string + // Limit search to repositories with keyword as topic + KeywordIsTopic bool + // Include search of keyword within repository description + KeywordInDescription bool + + /* + User Filter + */ + + // Repo Owner + OwnerID int64 + // Stared By UserID + StarredByUserID int64 + + /* + Repo Attributes + */ + + // pubic, private or all repositories (defaults to all) + IsPrivate *bool + // archived, non-archived or all repositories (defaults to all) + IsArchived *bool + // Exclude template repos from search + ExcludeTemplate bool + // Filter by "fork", "source", "mirror" + Type RepoType + + /* + Sort Filters + */ + + // sort repos by attribute. Supported values are "alpha", "created", "updated", "size", and "id". Default is "alpha" + Sort string + // sort order, either "asc" (ascending) or "desc" (descending). Default is "asc", ignored if "sort" is not specified. + Order string + // Repo owner to prioritize in the results + PrioritizedByOwnerID int64 + + /* + Cover EdgeCases + */ + // if set all other options are ignored and this string is used as query + RawQuery string +} + +// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument +func (opt *SearchRepoOptions) QueryEncode() string { + query := opt.getURLQuery() + if opt.Keyword != "" { + query.Add("q", opt.Keyword) + } + if opt.KeywordIsTopic { + query.Add("topic", "true") + } + if opt.KeywordInDescription { + query.Add("includeDesc", "true") + } + + // User Filter + if opt.OwnerID > 0 { + query.Add("uid", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.OwnerID)) + query.Add("exclusive", "true") + } + if opt.StarredByUserID > 0 { + query.Add("starredBy", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.StarredByUserID)) + } + + // Repo Attributes + if opt.IsPrivate != nil { + query.Add("is_private", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsPrivate)) + } + if opt.IsArchived != nil { + query.Add("archived", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsArchived)) + } + if opt.ExcludeTemplate { + query.Add("template", "false") + } + if len(opt.Type) != 0 { + query.Add("mode", string(opt.Type)) + } + + // Sort Filters + if opt.Sort != "" { + query.Add("sort", opt.Sort) + } + if opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID > 0 { + query.Add("priority_owner_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID)) + } + if opt.Order != "" { + query.Add("order", opt.Order) + } + + return query.Encode() +} + +type searchRepoResponse struct { + Repos []*Repository `json:"data"` +} + +// SearchRepos searches for repositories matching the given filters +func (c *Client) SearchRepos(opt SearchRepoOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + repos := new(searchRepoResponse) + + link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/search") + + if len(opt.RawQuery) != 0 { + link.RawQuery = opt.RawQuery + } else { + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + // IsPrivate only works on gitea >= 1.12.0 + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil && opt.IsPrivate != nil { + if *opt.IsPrivate { + // private repos only not supported on gitea <= 1.11.x + return nil, nil, err + } + link.Query().Add("private", "false") + } + } + + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &repos) + return repos.Repos, resp, err +} + +// CreateRepoOption options when creating repository +type CreateRepoOption struct { + // Name of the repository to create + Name string `json:"name"` + // Description of the repository to create + Description string `json:"description"` + // Whether the repository is private + Private bool `json:"private"` + // Issue Label set to use + IssueLabels string `json:"issue_labels"` + // Whether the repository should be auto-intialized? + AutoInit bool `json:"auto_init"` + // Whether the repository is template + Template bool `json:"template"` + // Gitignores to use + Gitignores string `json:"gitignores"` + // License to use + License string `json:"license"` + // Readme of the repository to create + Readme string `json:"readme"` + // DefaultBranch of the repository (used when initializes and in template) + DefaultBranch string `json:"default_branch"` + // TrustModel of the repository + TrustModel TrustModel `json:"trust_model"` +} + +// Validate the CreateRepoOption struct +func (opt CreateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error { + if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("name is empty") + } + if len(opt.Name) > 100 { + return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars") + } + if len(opt.Description) > 255 { + return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 255 chars") + } + if len(opt.DefaultBranch) > 100 { + return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars") + } + if len(opt.TrustModel) != 0 { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// CreateRepo creates a repository for authenticated user. +func (c *Client) CreateRepo(opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + repo := new(Repository) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/repos", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo) + return repo, resp, err +} + +// CreateOrgRepo creates an organization repository for authenticated user. +func (c *Client) CreateOrgRepo(org string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + repo := new(Repository) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/org/%s/repos", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo) + return repo, resp, err +} + +// GetRepo returns information of a repository of given owner. +func (c *Client) GetRepo(owner, reponame string) (*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + repo := new(Repository) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), nil, nil, repo) + return repo, resp, err +} + +// GetRepoByID returns information of a repository by a giver repository ID. +func (c *Client) GetRepoByID(id int64) (*Repository, *Response, error) { + repo := new(Repository) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repositories/%d", id), nil, nil, repo) + return repo, resp, err +} + +// EditRepoOption options when editing a repository's properties +type EditRepoOption struct { + // name of the repository + Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // a short description of the repository. + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + // a URL with more information about the repository. + Website *string `json:"website,omitempty"` + // either `true` to make the repository private or `false` to make it public. + // Note: you will get a 422 error if the organization restricts changing repository visibility to organization + // owners and a non-owner tries to change the value of private. + Private *bool `json:"private,omitempty"` + // either `true` to make this repository a template or `false` to make it a normal repository + Template *bool `json:"template,omitempty"` + // either `true` to enable issues for this repository or `false` to disable them. + HasIssues *bool `json:"has_issues,omitempty"` + // set this structure to configure internal issue tracker (requires has_issues) + InternalTracker *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"` + // set this structure to use external issue tracker (requires has_issues) + ExternalTracker *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"` + // either `true` to enable the wiki for this repository or `false` to disable it. + HasWiki *bool `json:"has_wiki,omitempty"` + // set this structure to use external wiki instead of internal (requires has_wiki) + ExternalWiki *ExternalWiki `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"` + // sets the default branch for this repository. + DefaultBranch *string `json:"default_branch,omitempty"` + // either `true` to allow pull requests, or `false` to prevent pull request. + HasPullRequests *bool `json:"has_pull_requests,omitempty"` + // either `true` to enable project unit, or `false` to disable them. + HasProjects *bool `json:"has_projects,omitempty"` + // either `true` to ignore whitespace for conflicts, or `false` to not ignore whitespace. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`. + IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts *bool `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts,omitempty"` + // either `true` to allow merging pull requests with a merge commit, or `false` to prevent merging pull requests with merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`. + AllowMerge *bool `json:"allow_merge_commits,omitempty"` + // either `true` to allow rebase-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent rebase-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`. + AllowRebase *bool `json:"allow_rebase,omitempty"` + // either `true` to allow rebase with explicit merge commits (--no-ff), or `false` to prevent rebase with explicit merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`. + AllowRebaseMerge *bool `json:"allow_rebase_explicit,omitempty"` + // either `true` to allow squash-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent squash-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`. + AllowSquash *bool `json:"allow_squash_merge,omitempty"` + // set to `true` to archive this repository. + Archived *bool `json:"archived,omitempty"` + // set to a string like `8h30m0s` to set the mirror interval time + MirrorInterval *string `json:"mirror_interval,omitempty"` + // either `true` to allow mark pr as merged manually, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`. + AllowManualMerge *bool `json:"allow_manual_merge,omitempty"` + // either `true` to enable AutodetectManualMerge, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`, Note: In some special cases, misjudgments can occur. + AutodetectManualMerge *bool `json:"autodetect_manual_merge,omitempty"` + // set to a merge style to be used by this repository: "merge", "rebase", "rebase-merge", or "squash". `has_pull_requests` must be `true`. + DefaultMergeStyle *MergeStyle `json:"default_merge_style,omitempty"` + // set to `true` to archive this repository. +} + +// EditRepo edit the properties of a repository +func (c *Client) EditRepo(owner, reponame string, opt EditRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + repo := new(Repository) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo) + return repo, resp, err +} + +// DeleteRepo deletes a repository of user or organization. +func (c *Client) DeleteRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, repo), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// MirrorSync adds a mirrored repository to the mirror sync queue. +func (c *Client) MirrorSync(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/mirror-sync", owner, repo), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// GetRepoLanguages return language stats of a repo +func (c *Client) GetRepoLanguages(owner, repo string) (map[string]int64, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + langMap := make(map[string]int64) + + data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/languages", owner, repo), jsonHeader, nil) + if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &langMap); err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + return langMap, resp, nil +} + +// ArchiveType represent supported archive formats by gitea +type ArchiveType string + +const ( + // ZipArchive represent zip format + ZipArchive ArchiveType = ".zip" + // TarGZArchive represent tar.gz format + TarGZArchive ArchiveType = ".tar.gz" +) + +// GetArchive get an archive of a repository by git reference +// e.g.: ref -> master, 70b7c74b33, v1.2.1, ... +func (c *Client) GetArchive(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) ([]byte, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref) + return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil) +} + +// GetArchiveReader gets a `git archive` for a particular tree-ish git reference +// such as a branch name (`master`), a commit hash (`70b7c74b33`), a tag +// (`v1.2.1`). The archive is returned as a byte stream in a ReadCloser. It is +// the responsibility of the client to close the reader. +func (c *Client) GetArchiveReader(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) (io.ReadCloser, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref) + resp, err := c.doRequest("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + + if _, err := statusCodeToErr(resp); err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + + return resp.Body, resp, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b7e873 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch.go @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "time" +) + +// PayloadUser represents the author or committer of a commit +type PayloadUser struct { + // Full name of the commit author + Name string `json:"name"` + Email string `json:"email"` + UserName string `json:"username"` +} + +// PayloadCommit represents a commit +type PayloadCommit struct { + // sha1 hash of the commit + ID string `json:"id"` + Message string `json:"message"` + URL string `json:"url"` + Author *PayloadUser `json:"author"` + Committer *PayloadUser `json:"committer"` + Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"` + Timestamp time.Time `json:"timestamp"` + Added []string `json:"added"` + Removed []string `json:"removed"` + Modified []string `json:"modified"` +} + +// PayloadCommitVerification represents the GPG verification of a commit +type PayloadCommitVerification struct { + Verified bool `json:"verified"` + Reason string `json:"reason"` + Signature string `json:"signature"` + Payload string `json:"payload"` +} + +// Branch represents a repository branch +type Branch struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + Commit *PayloadCommit `json:"commit"` + Protected bool `json:"protected"` + RequiredApprovals int64 `json:"required_approvals"` + EnableStatusCheck bool `json:"enable_status_check"` + StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"` + UserCanPush bool `json:"user_can_push"` + UserCanMerge bool `json:"user_can_merge"` + EffectiveBranchProtectionName string `json:"effective_branch_protection_name"` +} + +// ListRepoBranchesOptions options for listing a repository's branches +type ListRepoBranchesOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListRepoBranches list all the branches of one repository +func (c *Client) ListRepoBranches(user, repo string, opt ListRepoBranchesOptions) ([]*Branch, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + branches := make([]*Branch, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &branches) + return branches, resp, err +} + +// GetRepoBranch get one branch's information of one repository +func (c *Client) GetRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (*Branch, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + b := new(Branch) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil, &b) + if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + return b, resp, nil +} + +// DeleteRepoBranch delete a branch in a repository +func (c *Client) DeleteRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (bool, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return false, resp, err + } + return status == 204, resp, nil +} + +// CreateBranchOption options when creating a branch in a repository +type CreateBranchOption struct { + // Name of the branch to create + BranchName string `json:"new_branch_name"` + // Name of the old branch to create from (optional) + OldBranchName string `json:"old_branch_name"` +} + +// Validate the CreateBranchOption struct +func (opt CreateBranchOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.BranchName) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("BranchName is empty") + } + if len(opt.BranchName) > 100 { + return fmt.Errorf("BranchName to long") + } + if len(opt.OldBranchName) > 100 { + return fmt.Errorf("OldBranchName to long") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateBranch creates a branch for a user's repository +func (c *Client) CreateBranch(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchOption) (*Branch, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + branch := new(Branch) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), branch) + return branch, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch_protection.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch_protection.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22bd7b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch_protection.go @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "time" +) + +// BranchProtection represents a branch protection for a repository +type BranchProtection struct { + BranchName string `json:"branch_name"` + EnablePush bool `json:"enable_push"` + EnablePushWhitelist bool `json:"enable_push_whitelist"` + PushWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"` + PushWhitelistTeams []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"` + PushWhitelistDeployKeys bool `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"` + EnableMergeWhitelist bool `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"` + MergeWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"` + MergeWhitelistTeams []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"` + EnableStatusCheck bool `json:"enable_status_check"` + StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"` + RequiredApprovals int64 `json:"required_approvals"` + EnableApprovalsWhitelist bool `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"` + ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"` + ApprovalsWhitelistTeams []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"` + BlockOnRejectedReviews bool `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"` + BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"` + BlockOnOutdatedBranch bool `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"` + DismissStaleApprovals bool `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"` + RequireSignedCommits bool `json:"require_signed_commits"` + ProtectedFilePatterns string `json:"protected_file_patterns"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` + Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"` +} + +// CreateBranchProtectionOption options for creating a branch protection +type CreateBranchProtectionOption struct { + BranchName string `json:"branch_name"` + EnablePush bool `json:"enable_push"` + EnablePushWhitelist bool `json:"enable_push_whitelist"` + PushWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"` + PushWhitelistTeams []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"` + PushWhitelistDeployKeys bool `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"` + EnableMergeWhitelist bool `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"` + MergeWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"` + MergeWhitelistTeams []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"` + EnableStatusCheck bool `json:"enable_status_check"` + StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"` + RequiredApprovals int64 `json:"required_approvals"` + EnableApprovalsWhitelist bool `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"` + ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"` + ApprovalsWhitelistTeams []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"` + BlockOnRejectedReviews bool `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"` + BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"` + BlockOnOutdatedBranch bool `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"` + DismissStaleApprovals bool `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"` + RequireSignedCommits bool `json:"require_signed_commits"` + ProtectedFilePatterns string `json:"protected_file_patterns"` +} + +// EditBranchProtectionOption options for editing a branch protection +type EditBranchProtectionOption struct { + EnablePush *bool `json:"enable_push"` + EnablePushWhitelist *bool `json:"enable_push_whitelist"` + PushWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"` + PushWhitelistTeams []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"` + PushWhitelistDeployKeys *bool `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"` + EnableMergeWhitelist *bool `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"` + MergeWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"` + MergeWhitelistTeams []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"` + EnableStatusCheck *bool `json:"enable_status_check"` + StatusCheckContexts []string `json:"status_check_contexts"` + RequiredApprovals *int64 `json:"required_approvals"` + EnableApprovalsWhitelist *bool `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"` + ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"` + ApprovalsWhitelistTeams []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"` + BlockOnRejectedReviews *bool `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"` + BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests *bool `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"` + BlockOnOutdatedBranch *bool `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"` + DismissStaleApprovals *bool `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"` + RequireSignedCommits *bool `json:"require_signed_commits"` + ProtectedFilePatterns *string `json:"protected_file_patterns"` +} + +// ListBranchProtectionsOptions list branch protection options +type ListBranchProtectionsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListBranchProtections list branch protections for a repo +func (c *Client) ListBranchProtections(owner, repo string, opt ListBranchProtectionsOptions) ([]*BranchProtection, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + bps := make([]*BranchProtection, 0, opt.PageSize) + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo)) + link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode() + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &bps) + return bps, resp, err +} + +// GetBranchProtection gets a branch protection +func (c *Client) GetBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + bp := new(BranchProtection) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil, bp) + return bp, resp, err +} + +// CreateBranchProtection creates a branch protection for a repo +func (c *Client) CreateBranchProtection(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + bp := new(BranchProtection) + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp) + return bp, resp, err +} + +// EditBranchProtection edits a branch protection for a repo +func (c *Client) EditBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string, opt EditBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + bp := new(BranchProtection) + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp) + return bp, resp, err +} + +// DeleteBranchProtection deletes a branch protection for a repo +func (c *Client) DeleteBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_collaborator.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_collaborator.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c766250 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_collaborator.go @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// ListCollaboratorsOptions options for listing a repository's collaborators +type ListCollaboratorsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListCollaborators list a repository's collaborators +func (c *Client) ListCollaborators(user, repo string, opt ListCollaboratorsOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + collaborators := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), + nil, nil, &collaborators) + return collaborators, resp, err +} + +// IsCollaborator check if a user is a collaborator of a repository +func (c *Client) IsCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (bool, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return false, resp, err + } + if status == 204 { + return true, resp, nil + } + return false, resp, nil +} + +// AddCollaboratorOption options when adding a user as a collaborator of a repository +type AddCollaboratorOption struct { + Permission *AccessMode `json:"permission"` +} + +// AccessMode represent the grade of access you have to something +type AccessMode string + +const ( + // AccessModeNone no access + AccessModeNone AccessMode = "none" + // AccessModeRead read access + AccessModeRead AccessMode = "read" + // AccessModeWrite write access + AccessModeWrite AccessMode = "write" + // AccessModeAdmin admin access + AccessModeAdmin AccessMode = "admin" + // AccessModeOwner owner + AccessModeOwner AccessMode = "owner" +) + +// Validate the AddCollaboratorOption struct +func (opt AddCollaboratorOption) Validate() error { + if opt.Permission != nil { + if *opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner { + *opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin + return nil + } + if *opt.Permission == AccessModeNone { + opt.Permission = nil + return nil + } + if *opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && *opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && *opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin { + return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid") + } + } + return nil +} + +// AddCollaborator add some user as a collaborator of a repository +func (c *Client) AddCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string, opt AddCollaboratorOption) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteCollaborator remove a collaborator from a repository +func (c *Client) DeleteCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// GetReviewers return all users that can be requested to review in this repo +func (c *Client) GetReviewers(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + reviewers := make([]*User, 0, 5) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/reviewers", user, repo), nil, nil, &reviewers) + return reviewers, resp, err +} + +// GetAssignees return all users that have write access and can be assigned to issues +func (c *Client) GetAssignees(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + assignees := make([]*User, 0, 5) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/assignees", user, repo), nil, nil, &assignees) + return assignees, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_commit.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_commit.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bb65b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_commit.go @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +// Copyright 2018 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" + "time" +) + +// Identity for a person's identity like an author or committer +type Identity struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + Email string `json:"email"` +} + +// CommitMeta contains meta information of a commit in terms of API. +type CommitMeta struct { + URL string `json:"url"` + SHA string `json:"sha"` + Created time.Time `json:"created"` +} + +// CommitUser contains information of a user in the context of a commit. +type CommitUser struct { + Identity + Date string `json:"date"` +} + +// RepoCommit contains information of a commit in the context of a repository. +type RepoCommit struct { + URL string `json:"url"` + Author *CommitUser `json:"author"` + Committer *CommitUser `json:"committer"` + Message string `json:"message"` + Tree *CommitMeta `json:"tree"` +} + +// Commit contains information generated from a Git commit. +type Commit struct { + *CommitMeta + HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"` + RepoCommit *RepoCommit `json:"commit"` + Author *User `json:"author"` + Committer *User `json:"committer"` + Parents []*CommitMeta `json:"parents"` + Files []*CommitAffectedFiles `json:"files"` +} + +// CommitDateOptions store dates for GIT_AUTHOR_DATE and GIT_COMMITTER_DATE +type CommitDateOptions struct { + Author time.Time `json:"author"` + Committer time.Time `json:"committer"` +} + +// CommitAffectedFiles store information about files affected by the commit +type CommitAffectedFiles struct { + Filename string `json:"filename"` +} + +// GetSingleCommit returns a single commit +func (c *Client) GetSingleCommit(user, repo, commitID string) (*Commit, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &commitID); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + commit := new(Commit) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/commits/%s", user, repo, commitID), nil, nil, &commit) + return commit, resp, err +} + +// ListCommitOptions list commit options +type ListCommitOptions struct { + ListOptions + //SHA or branch to start listing commits from (usually 'master') + SHA string +} + +// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument +func (opt *ListCommitOptions) QueryEncode() string { + query := opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery() + if opt.SHA != "" { + query.Add("sha", opt.SHA) + } + return query.Encode() +} + +// ListRepoCommits return list of commits from a repo +func (c *Client) ListRepoCommits(user, repo string, opt ListCommitOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits", user, repo)) + opt.setDefaults() + commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize) + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits) + return commits, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_file.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_file.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f99ea0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_file.go @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + +// FileOptions options for all file APIs +type FileOptions struct { + // message (optional) for the commit of this file. if not supplied, a default message will be used + Message string `json:"message"` + // branch (optional) to base this file from. if not given, the default branch is used + BranchName string `json:"branch"` + // new_branch (optional) will make a new branch from `branch` before creating the file + NewBranchName string `json:"new_branch"` + // `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used) + Author Identity `json:"author"` + Committer Identity `json:"committer"` + Dates CommitDateOptions `json:"dates"` + // Add a Signed-off-by trailer by the committer at the end of the commit log message. + Signoff bool `json:"signoff"` +} + +// CreateFileOptions options for creating files +// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used) +type CreateFileOptions struct { + FileOptions + // content must be base64 encoded + // required: true + Content string `json:"content"` +} + +// DeleteFileOptions options for deleting files (used for other File structs below) +// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used) +type DeleteFileOptions struct { + FileOptions + // sha is the SHA for the file that already exists + // required: true + SHA string `json:"sha"` +} + +// UpdateFileOptions options for updating files +// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used) +type UpdateFileOptions struct { + FileOptions + // sha is the SHA for the file that already exists + // required: true + SHA string `json:"sha"` + // content must be base64 encoded + // required: true + Content string `json:"content"` + // from_path (optional) is the path of the original file which will be moved/renamed to the path in the URL + FromPath string `json:"from_path"` +} + +// FileLinksResponse contains the links for a repo's file +type FileLinksResponse struct { + Self *string `json:"self"` + GitURL *string `json:"git"` + HTMLURL *string `json:"html"` +} + +// ContentsResponse contains information about a repo's entry's (dir, file, symlink, submodule) metadata and content +type ContentsResponse struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + Path string `json:"path"` + SHA string `json:"sha"` + // `type` will be `file`, `dir`, `symlink`, or `submodule` + Type string `json:"type"` + Size int64 `json:"size"` + // `encoding` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null + Encoding *string `json:"encoding"` + // `content` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null + Content *string `json:"content"` + // `target` is populated when `type` is `symlink`, otherwise null + Target *string `json:"target"` + URL *string `json:"url"` + HTMLURL *string `json:"html_url"` + GitURL *string `json:"git_url"` + DownloadURL *string `json:"download_url"` + // `submodule_git_url` is populated when `type` is `submodule`, otherwise null + SubmoduleGitURL *string `json:"submodule_git_url"` + Links *FileLinksResponse `json:"_links"` +} + +// FileCommitResponse contains information generated from a Git commit for a repo's file. +type FileCommitResponse struct { + CommitMeta + HTMLURL string `json:"html_url"` + Author *CommitUser `json:"author"` + Committer *CommitUser `json:"committer"` + Parents []*CommitMeta `json:"parents"` + Message string `json:"message"` + Tree *CommitMeta `json:"tree"` +} + +// FileResponse contains information about a repo's file +type FileResponse struct { + Content *ContentsResponse `json:"content"` + Commit *FileCommitResponse `json:"commit"` + Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"` +} + +// FileDeleteResponse contains information about a repo's file that was deleted +type FileDeleteResponse struct { + Content interface{} `json:"content"` // to be set to nil + Commit *FileCommitResponse `json:"commit"` + Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"` +} + +// GetFile downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit. +// e.g.: ref -> master, filepath -> README.md (no leading slash) +func (c *Client) GetFile(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath) + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil { + ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref) + return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s/%s", owner, repo, ref, filepath), nil, nil) + } + return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), nil, nil) +} + +// GetContents get the metadata and contents of a file in a repository +// ref is optional +func (c *Client) GetContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) (*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) { + data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath) + if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + cr := new(ContentsResponse) + if json.Unmarshal(data, &cr) != nil { + return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect file, got directory") + } + return cr, resp, err +} + +// ListContents gets a list of entries in a dir +// ref is optional +func (c *Client) ListContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) { + data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath) + if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + crl := make([]*ContentsResponse, 0) + if json.Unmarshal(data, &crl) != nil { + return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect directory, got file") + } + return crl, resp, err +} + +func (c *Client) getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + filepath = pathEscapeSegments(strings.TrimPrefix(filepath, "/")) + return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), jsonHeader, nil) +} + +// CreateFile create a file in a repository +func (c *Client) CreateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt CreateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) { + var err error + if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath) + + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + fr := new(FileResponse) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr) + return fr, resp, err +} + +// UpdateFile update a file in a repository +func (c *Client) UpdateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt UpdateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) { + var err error + if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath) + + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + fr := new(FileResponse) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr) + return fr, resp, err +} + +// DeleteFile delete a file from repository +func (c *Client) DeleteFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt DeleteFileOptions) (*Response, error) { + var err error + if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath) + + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + if err != nil { + return resp, err + } + if status != 200 && status != 204 { + return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status) + } + return resp, nil +} + +func (c *Client) setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, branch string) (string, error) { + if len(branch) == 0 { + // Gitea >= 1.12.0 Use DefaultBranch on "", mimic this for older versions + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil { + r, _, err := c.GetRepo(owner, repo) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + return r.DefaultBranch, nil + } + } + return branch, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_key.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_key.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee2ff40 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_key.go @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "time" +) + +// DeployKey a deploy key +type DeployKey struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + KeyID int64 `json:"key_id"` + Key string `json:"key"` + URL string `json:"url"` + Title string `json:"title"` + Fingerprint string `json:"fingerprint"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` + ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only"` + Repository *Repository `json:"repository,omitempty"` +} + +// ListDeployKeysOptions options for listing a repository's deploy keys +type ListDeployKeysOptions struct { + ListOptions + KeyID int64 + Fingerprint string +} + +// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument +func (opt *ListDeployKeysOptions) QueryEncode() string { + query := opt.getURLQuery() + if opt.KeyID > 0 { + query.Add("key_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.KeyID)) + } + if len(opt.Fingerprint) > 0 { + query.Add("fingerprint", opt.Fingerprint) + } + return query.Encode() +} + +// ListDeployKeys list all the deploy keys of one repository +func (c *Client) ListDeployKeys(user, repo string, opt ListDeployKeysOptions) ([]*DeployKey, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo)) + opt.setDefaults() + link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode() + keys := make([]*DeployKey, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &keys) + return keys, resp, err +} + +// GetDeployKey get one deploy key with key id +func (c *Client) GetDeployKey(user, repo string, keyID int64) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + key := new(DeployKey) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", user, repo, keyID), nil, nil, &key) + return key, resp, err +} + +// CreateDeployKey options when create one deploy key +func (c *Client) CreateDeployKey(user, repo string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + key := new(DeployKey) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key) + return key, resp, err +} + +// DeleteDeployKey delete deploy key with key id +func (c *Client) DeleteDeployKey(owner, repo string, keyID int64) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", owner, repo, keyID), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_migrate.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_migrate.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd0fe44 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_migrate.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// GitServiceType represents a git service +type GitServiceType string + +const ( + // GitServicePlain represents a plain git service + GitServicePlain GitServiceType = "git" + //GitServiceGithub represents github.com + GitServiceGithub GitServiceType = "github" + // GitServiceGitlab represents a gitlab service + GitServiceGitlab GitServiceType = "gitlab" + // GitServiceGitea represents a gitea service + GitServiceGitea GitServiceType = "gitea" + // GitServiceGogs represents a gogs service + GitServiceGogs GitServiceType = "gogs" +) + +// MigrateRepoOption options for migrating a repository from an external service +type MigrateRepoOption struct { + RepoName string `json:"repo_name"` + RepoOwner string `json:"repo_owner"` + // deprecated use RepoOwner + RepoOwnerID int64 `json:"uid"` + CloneAddr string `json:"clone_addr"` + Service GitServiceType `json:"service"` + AuthUsername string `json:"auth_username"` + AuthPassword string `json:"auth_password"` + AuthToken string `json:"auth_token"` + Mirror bool `json:"mirror"` + Private bool `json:"private"` + Description string `json:"description"` + Wiki bool `json:"wiki"` + Milestones bool `json:"milestones"` + Labels bool `json:"labels"` + Issues bool `json:"issues"` + PullRequests bool `json:"pull_requests"` + Releases bool `json:"releases"` + MirrorInterval string `json:"mirror_interval"` + LFS bool `json:"lfs"` + LFSEndpoint string `json:"lfs_endpoint"` +} + +// Validate the MigrateRepoOption struct +func (opt *MigrateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error { + // check user options + if len(opt.CloneAddr) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("CloneAddr required") + } + if len(opt.RepoName) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("RepoName required") + } else if len(opt.RepoName) > 100 { + return fmt.Errorf("RepoName to long") + } + if len(opt.Description) > 255 { + return fmt.Errorf("Description to long") + } + switch opt.Service { + case GitServiceGithub: + if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("github requires token authentication") + } + case GitServiceGitlab, GitServiceGitea: + if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("%s requires token authentication", opt.Service) + } + // Gitlab is supported since 1.12.0 but api cant handle it until 1.13.0 + // https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/12672 + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service %s need gitea >= 1.13.0", opt.Service) + } + case GitServiceGogs: + if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("gogs requires token authentication") + } + if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service gogs need gitea >= 1.14.0") + } + } + return nil +} + +// MigrateRepo migrates a repository from other Git hosting sources for the authenticated user. +// +// To migrate a repository for a organization, the authenticated user must be a +// owner of the specified organization. +func (c *Client) MigrateRepo(opt MigrateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + if len(opt.AuthToken) != 0 { + // gitea <= 1.12 dont understand AuthToken + opt.AuthUsername = opt.AuthToken + opt.AuthPassword, opt.AuthToken = "", "" + } + if len(opt.RepoOwner) != 0 { + // gitea <= 1.12 dont understand RepoOwner + u, _, err := c.GetUserInfo(opt.RepoOwner) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID + } else if opt.RepoOwnerID == 0 { + // gitea <= 1.12 require RepoOwnerID + u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo() + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID + } + } + + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + repo := new(Repository) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/repos/migrate", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo) + return repo, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_refs.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_refs.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c954a80 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_refs.go @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "errors" + "fmt" + "strings" +) + +// Reference represents a Git reference. +type Reference struct { + Ref string `json:"ref"` + URL string `json:"url"` + Object *GitObject `json:"object"` +} + +// GitObject represents a Git object. +type GitObject struct { + Type string `json:"type"` + SHA string `json:"sha"` + URL string `json:"url"` +} + +// GetRepoRef get one ref's information of one repository +func (c *Client) GetRepoRef(user, repo, ref string) (*Reference, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/") + ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref) + r := new(Reference) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil, &r) + if _, ok := err.(*json.UnmarshalTypeError); ok { + // Multiple refs + return nil, resp, errors.New("no exact match found for this ref") + } else if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + + return r, resp, nil +} + +// GetRepoRefs get list of ref's information of one repository +func (c *Client) GetRepoRefs(user, repo, ref string) ([]*Reference, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/") + ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref) + + data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + + // Attempt to unmarshal single returned ref. + r := new(Reference) + refErr := json.Unmarshal(data, r) + if refErr == nil { + return []*Reference{r}, resp, nil + } + + // Attempt to unmarshal multiple refs. + var rs []*Reference + refsErr := json.Unmarshal(data, &rs) + if refsErr == nil { + if len(rs) == 0 { + return nil, resp, errors.New("unexpected response: an array of refs with length 0") + } + return rs, resp, nil + } + + return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("unmarshalling failed for both single and multiple refs: %s and %s", refErr, refsErr) +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_stars.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_stars.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01243c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_stars.go @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/http" +) + +// ListStargazersOptions options for listing a repository's stargazers +type ListStargazersOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListRepoStargazers list a repository's stargazers +func (c *Client) ListRepoStargazers(user, repo string, opt ListStargazersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + stargazers := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/stargazers?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &stargazers) + return stargazers, resp, err +} + +// GetStarredRepos returns the repos that the given user has starred +func (c *Client) GetStarredRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/starred", user), jsonHeader, nil, &repos) + return repos, resp, err +} + +// GetMyStarredRepos returns the repos that the authenticated user has starred +func (c *Client) GetMyStarredRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) { + repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/starred", jsonHeader, nil, &repos) + return repos, resp, err +} + +// IsRepoStarring returns whether the authenticated user has starred the repo or not +func (c *Client) IsRepoStarring(user, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil) + if resp != nil { + switch resp.StatusCode { + case http.StatusNotFound: + return false, resp, nil + case http.StatusNoContent: + return true, resp, nil + default: + return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode) + } + } + return false, nil, err +} + +// StarRepo star specified repo as the authenticated user +func (c *Client) StarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil) + if resp != nil { + switch resp.StatusCode { + case http.StatusNoContent: + return resp, nil + default: + return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode) + } + } + return nil, err +} + +// UnStarRepo remove star to specified repo as the authenticated user +func (c *Client) UnStarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil) + if resp != nil { + switch resp.StatusCode { + case http.StatusNoContent: + return resp, nil + default: + return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode) + } + } + return nil, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tag.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tag.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7317d3f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tag.go @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// Tag represents a repository tag +type Tag struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + Message string `json:"message"` + ID string `json:"id"` + Commit *CommitMeta `json:"commit"` + ZipballURL string `json:"zipball_url"` + TarballURL string `json:"tarball_url"` +} + +// AnnotatedTag represents an annotated tag +type AnnotatedTag struct { + Tag string `json:"tag"` + SHA string `json:"sha"` + URL string `json:"url"` + Message string `json:"message"` + Tagger *CommitUser `json:"tagger"` + Object *AnnotatedTagObject `json:"object"` + Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"` +} + +// AnnotatedTagObject contains meta information of the tag object +type AnnotatedTagObject struct { + Type string `json:"type"` + URL string `json:"url"` + SHA string `json:"sha"` +} + +// ListRepoTagsOptions options for listing a repository's tags +type ListRepoTagsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListRepoTags list all the branches of one repository +func (c *Client) ListRepoTags(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTagsOptions) ([]*Tag, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + tags := make([]*Tag, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &tags) + return tags, resp, err +} + +// GetTag get the tag of a repository +func (c *Client) GetTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Tag, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + t := new(Tag) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag), nil, nil, &t) + return t, resp, err +} + +// GetAnnotatedTag get the tag object of an annotated tag (not lightweight tags) of a repository +func (c *Client) GetAnnotatedTag(user, repo, sha string) (*AnnotatedTag, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + t := new(AnnotatedTag) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/tags/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, &t) + return t, resp, err +} + +// CreateTagOption options when creating a tag +type CreateTagOption struct { + TagName string `json:"tag_name"` + Message string `json:"message"` + Target string `json:"target"` +} + +// Validate validates CreateTagOption +func (opt CreateTagOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.TagName) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("TagName is required") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateTag create a new git tag in a repository +func (c *Client) CreateTag(user, repo string, opt CreateTagOption) (*Tag, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + t := new(Tag) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &t) + return t, resp, err +} + +// DeleteTag deletes a tag from a repository, if no release refers to it +func (c *Client) DeleteTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", + fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag), + nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_team.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_team.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b983d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_team.go @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/http" +) + +// GetRepoTeams return teams from a repository +func (c *Client) GetRepoTeams(user, repo string) ([]*Team, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + teams := make([]*Team, 0, 5) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams", user, repo), nil, nil, &teams) + return teams, resp, err +} + +// AddRepoTeam add a team to a repository +func (c *Client) AddRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// RemoveRepoTeam delete a team from a repository +func (c *Client) RemoveRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// CheckRepoTeam check if team is assigned to repo by name and return it. +// If not assigned, it will return nil. +func (c *Client) CheckRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Team, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + t := new(Team) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil, &t) + if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound { + // if not found it's not an error, it indicates it's not assigned + return nil, resp, nil + } + return t, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_template.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_template.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b689be --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_template.go @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// CreateRepoFromTemplateOption options when creating repository using a template +type CreateRepoFromTemplateOption struct { + // Owner is the organization or person who will own the new repository + Owner string `json:"owner"` + // Name of the repository to create + Name string `json:"name"` + // Description of the repository to create + Description string `json:"description"` + // Private is whether the repository is private + Private bool `json:"private"` + // GitContent include git content of default branch in template repo + GitContent bool `json:"git_content"` + // Topics include topics of template repo + Topics bool `json:"topics"` + // GitHooks include git hooks of template repo + GitHooks bool `json:"git_hooks"` + // Webhooks include webhooks of template repo + Webhooks bool `json:"webhooks"` + // Avatar include avatar of the template repo + Avatar bool `json:"avatar"` + // Labels include labels of template repo + Labels bool `json:"labels"` +} + +// Validate validates CreateRepoFromTemplateOption +func (opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) Validate() error { + if len(opt.Owner) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("field Owner is required") + } + if len(opt.Name) == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("field Name is required") + } + return nil +} + +// CreateRepoFromTemplate create a repository using a template +func (c *Client) CreateRepoFromTemplate(templateOwner, templateRepo string, opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&templateOwner, &templateRepo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + repo := new(Repository) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/generate", templateOwner, templateRepo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &repo) + return repo, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_topics.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_topics.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92f2228 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_topics.go @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// ListRepoTopicsOptions options for listing repo's topics +type ListRepoTopicsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// topicsList represents a list of repo's topics +type topicsList struct { + Topics []string `json:"topics"` +} + +// ListRepoTopics list all repository's topics +func (c *Client) ListRepoTopics(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTopicsOptions) ([]string, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + + list := new(topicsList) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, list) + if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + return list.Topics, resp, nil +} + +// SetRepoTopics replaces the list of repo's topics +func (c *Client) SetRepoTopics(user, repo string, list []string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + l := topicsList{Topics: list} + body, err := json.Marshal(&l) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} + +// AddRepoTopic adds a topic to a repo's topics list +func (c *Client) AddRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// DeleteRepoTopic deletes a topic from repo's topics list +func (c *Client) DeleteRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_transfer.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_transfer.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be06010 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_transfer.go @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// TransferRepoOption options when transfer a repository's ownership +type TransferRepoOption struct { + // required: true + NewOwner string `json:"new_owner"` + // ID of the team or teams to add to the repository. Teams can only be added to organization-owned repositories. + TeamIDs *[]int64 `json:"team_ids"` +} + +// TransferRepo transfers the ownership of a repository +func (c *Client) TransferRepo(owner, reponame string, opt TransferRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + repo := new(Repository) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/transfer", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo) + return repo, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tree.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tree.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..452394a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tree.go @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" +) + +// GitEntry represents a git tree +type GitEntry struct { + Path string `json:"path"` + Mode string `json:"mode"` + Type string `json:"type"` + Size int64 `json:"size"` + SHA string `json:"sha"` + URL string `json:"url"` +} + +// GitTreeResponse returns a git tree +type GitTreeResponse struct { + SHA string `json:"sha"` + URL string `json:"url"` + Entries []GitEntry `json:"tree"` + Truncated bool `json:"truncated"` + Page int `json:"page"` + TotalCount int `json:"total_count"` +} + +// GetTrees downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit. +// e.g.: ref -> master, tree -> macaron.go(no leading slash) +func (c *Client) GetTrees(user, repo, ref string, recursive bool) (*GitTreeResponse, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &ref); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + trees := new(GitTreeResponse) + var path = fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/trees/%s", user, repo, ref) + if recursive { + path += "?recursive=1" + } + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", path, nil, nil, trees) + return trees, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_watch.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_watch.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f499aff --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_watch.go @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/http" + "time" +) + +// WatchInfo represents an API watch status of one repository +type WatchInfo struct { + Subscribed bool `json:"subscribed"` + Ignored bool `json:"ignored"` + Reason interface{} `json:"reason"` + CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at"` + URL string `json:"url"` + RepositoryURL string `json:"repository_url"` +} + +// GetWatchedRepos list all the watched repos of user +func (c *Client) GetWatchedRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/subscriptions", user), nil, nil, &repos) + return repos, resp, err +} + +// GetMyWatchedRepos list repositories watched by the authenticated user +func (c *Client) GetMyWatchedRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) { + repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/subscriptions"), nil, nil, &repos) + return repos, resp, err +} + +// CheckRepoWatch check if the current user is watching a repo +func (c *Client) CheckRepoWatch(owner, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return false, resp, err + } + switch status { + case http.StatusNotFound: + return false, resp, nil + case http.StatusOK: + return true, resp, nil + default: + return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status) + } +} + +// WatchRepo start to watch a repository +func (c *Client) WatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return resp, err + } + if status == http.StatusOK { + return resp, nil + } + return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status) +} + +// UnWatchRepo stop to watch a repository +func (c *Client) UnWatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil) + if err != nil { + return resp, err + } + if status == http.StatusNoContent { + return resp, nil + } + return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status) +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/settings.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/settings.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb94248 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/settings.go @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +// GlobalUISettings represent the global ui settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API +type GlobalUISettings struct { + DefaultTheme string `json:"default_theme"` + AllowedReactions []string `json:"allowed_reactions"` + CustomEmojis []string `json:"custom_emojis"` +} + +// GlobalRepoSettings represent the global repository settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API +type GlobalRepoSettings struct { + MirrorsDisabled bool `json:"mirrors_disabled"` + HTTPGitDisabled bool `json:"http_git_disabled"` + MigrationsDisabled bool `json:"migrations_disabled"` + StarsDisabled bool `json:"stars_disabled"` + TimeTrackingDisabled bool `json:"time_tracking_disabled"` + LFSDisabled bool `json:"lfs_disabled"` +} + +// GlobalAPISettings contains global api settings exposed by it +type GlobalAPISettings struct { + MaxResponseItems int `json:"max_response_items"` + DefaultPagingNum int `json:"default_paging_num"` + DefaultGitTreesPerPage int `json:"default_git_trees_per_page"` + DefaultMaxBlobSize int64 `json:"default_max_blob_size"` +} + +// GlobalAttachmentSettings contains global Attachment settings exposed by API +type GlobalAttachmentSettings struct { + Enabled bool `json:"enabled"` + AllowedTypes string `json:"allowed_types"` + MaxSize int64 `json:"max_size"` + MaxFiles int `json:"max_files"` +} + +// GetGlobalUISettings get global ui settings witch are exposed by API +func (c *Client) GetGlobalUISettings() (*GlobalUISettings, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + conf := new(GlobalUISettings) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/ui", jsonHeader, nil, &conf) + return conf, resp, err +} + +// GetGlobalRepoSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API +func (c *Client) GetGlobalRepoSettings() (*GlobalRepoSettings, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + conf := new(GlobalRepoSettings) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/repository", jsonHeader, nil, &conf) + return conf, resp, err +} + +// GetGlobalAPISettings get global api settings witch are exposed by it +func (c *Client) GetGlobalAPISettings() (*GlobalAPISettings, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + conf := new(GlobalAPISettings) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/api", jsonHeader, nil, &conf) + return conf, resp, err +} + +// GetGlobalAttachmentSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API +func (c *Client) GetGlobalAttachmentSettings() (*GlobalAttachmentSettings, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + conf := new(GlobalAttachmentSettings) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/attachment", jsonHeader, nil, &conf) + return conf, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/status.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/status.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe5d971 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/status.go @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "time" +) + +// StatusState holds the state of a Status +// It can be "pending", "success", "error", "failure", and "warning" +type StatusState string + +const ( + // StatusPending is for when the Status is Pending + StatusPending StatusState = "pending" + // StatusSuccess is for when the Status is Success + StatusSuccess StatusState = "success" + // StatusError is for when the Status is Error + StatusError StatusState = "error" + // StatusFailure is for when the Status is Failure + StatusFailure StatusState = "failure" + // StatusWarning is for when the Status is Warning + StatusWarning StatusState = "warning" +) + +// Status holds a single Status of a single Commit +type Status struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + State StatusState `json:"status"` + TargetURL string `json:"target_url"` + Description string `json:"description"` + URL string `json:"url"` + Context string `json:"context"` + Creator *User `json:"creator"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at"` + Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"` +} + +// CreateStatusOption holds the information needed to create a new Status for a Commit +type CreateStatusOption struct { + State StatusState `json:"state"` + TargetURL string `json:"target_url"` + Description string `json:"description"` + Context string `json:"context"` +} + +// CreateStatus creates a new Status for a given Commit +func (c *Client) CreateStatus(owner, repo, sha string, opts CreateStatusOption) (*Status, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opts) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + status := new(Status) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/statuses/%s", owner, repo, url.QueryEscape(sha)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), status) + return status, resp, err +} + +// ListStatusesOption options for listing a repository's commit's statuses +type ListStatusesOption struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListStatuses returns all statuses for a given Commit by ref +func (c *Client) ListStatuses(owner, repo, ref string, opt ListStatusesOption) ([]*Status, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + statuses := make([]*Status, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/statuses?%s", owner, repo, ref, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &statuses) + return statuses, resp, err +} + +// CombinedStatus holds the combined state of several statuses for a single commit +type CombinedStatus struct { + State StatusState `json:"state"` + SHA string `json:"sha"` + TotalCount int `json:"total_count"` + Statuses []*Status `json:"statuses"` + Repository *Repository `json:"repository"` + CommitURL string `json:"commit_url"` + URL string `json:"url"` +} + +// GetCombinedStatus returns the CombinedStatus for a given Commit +func (c *Client) GetCombinedStatus(owner, repo, ref string) (*CombinedStatus, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + status := new(CombinedStatus) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/status", owner, repo, ref), jsonHeader, nil, status) + + // gitea api return empty body if nothing here jet + if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == 200 && err != nil { + return status, resp, nil + } + + return status, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c37627b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user.go @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" + "strconv" + "time" +) + +// User represents a user +type User struct { + // the user's id + ID int64 `json:"id"` + // the user's username + UserName string `json:"login"` + // the user's full name + FullName string `json:"full_name"` + Email string `json:"email"` + // URL to the user's avatar + AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"` + // User locale + Language string `json:"language"` + // Is the user an administrator + IsAdmin bool `json:"is_admin"` + // Date and Time of last login + LastLogin time.Time `json:"last_login"` + // Date and Time of user creation + Created time.Time `json:"created"` + // Is user restricted + Restricted bool `json:"restricted"` + // Is user active + IsActive bool `json:"active"` + // Is user login prohibited + ProhibitLogin bool `json:"prohibit_login"` + // the user's location + Location string `json:"location"` + // the user's website + Website string `json:"website"` + // the user's description + Description string `json:"description"` + // User visibility level option + Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"` + + // user counts + FollowerCount int `json:"followers_count"` + FollowingCount int `json:"following_count"` + StarredRepoCount int `json:"starred_repos_count"` +} + +// GetUserInfo get user info by user's name +func (c *Client) GetUserInfo(user string) (*User, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + u := new(User) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s", user), nil, nil, u) + return u, resp, err +} + +// GetMyUserInfo get user info of current user +func (c *Client) GetMyUserInfo() (*User, *Response, error) { + u := new(User) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user", nil, nil, u) + return u, resp, err +} + +// GetUserByID returns user by a given user ID +func (c *Client) GetUserByID(id int64) (*User, *Response, error) { + if id < 0 { + return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid user id %d", id) + } + + query := make(url.Values) + query.Add("uid", strconv.FormatInt(id, 10)) + users, resp, err := c.searchUsers(query.Encode()) + + if err != nil { + return nil, resp, err + } + + if len(users) == 1 { + return users[0], resp, err + } + + return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("user not found with id %d", id) +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_app.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_app.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88b01ed --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_app.go @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "reflect" +) + +// AccessToken represents an API access token. +type AccessToken struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Name string `json:"name"` + Token string `json:"sha1"` + TokenLastEight string `json:"token_last_eight"` +} + +// ListAccessTokensOptions options for listing a users's access tokens +type ListAccessTokensOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListAccessTokens lists all the access tokens of user +func (c *Client) ListAccessTokens(opts ListAccessTokensOptions) ([]*AccessToken, *Response, error) { + c.mutex.RLock() + username := c.username + c.mutex.RUnlock() + if len(username) == 0 { + return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed") + } + opts.setDefaults() + tokens := make([]*AccessToken, 0, opts.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens?%s", url.PathEscape(username), opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &tokens) + return tokens, resp, err +} + +// CreateAccessTokenOption options when create access token +type CreateAccessTokenOption struct { + Name string `json:"name"` +} + +// CreateAccessToken create one access token with options +func (c *Client) CreateAccessToken(opt CreateAccessTokenOption) (*AccessToken, *Response, error) { + c.mutex.RLock() + username := c.username + c.mutex.RUnlock() + if len(username) == 0 { + return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed") + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + t := new(AccessToken) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens", url.PathEscape(username)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t) + return t, resp, err +} + +// DeleteAccessToken delete token, identified by ID and if not available by name +func (c *Client) DeleteAccessToken(value interface{}) (*Response, error) { + c.mutex.RLock() + username := c.username + c.mutex.RUnlock() + if len(username) == 0 { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed") + } + + var token = "" + + switch reflect.ValueOf(value).Kind() { + case reflect.Int64: + token = fmt.Sprintf("%d", value.(int64)) + case reflect.String: + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + token = value.(string) + default: + return nil, fmt.Errorf("only string and int64 supported") + } + + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens/%s", url.PathEscape(username), url.PathEscape(token)), jsonHeader, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_email.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_email.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4962b08 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_email.go @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" +) + +// Email an email address belonging to a user +type Email struct { + Email string `json:"email"` + Verified bool `json:"verified"` + Primary bool `json:"primary"` +} + +// ListEmailsOptions options for listing current's user emails +type ListEmailsOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListEmails all the email addresses of user +func (c *Client) ListEmails(opt ListEmailsOptions) ([]*Email, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + emails := make([]*Email, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/emails?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &emails) + return emails, resp, err +} + +// CreateEmailOption options when creating email addresses +type CreateEmailOption struct { + // email addresses to add + Emails []string `json:"emails"` +} + +// AddEmail add one email to current user with options +func (c *Client) AddEmail(opt CreateEmailOption) ([]*Email, *Response, error) { + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + emails := make([]*Email, 0, 3) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &emails) + return emails, resp, err +} + +// DeleteEmailOption options when deleting email addresses +type DeleteEmailOption struct { + // email addresses to delete + Emails []string `json:"emails"` +} + +// DeleteEmail delete one email of current users' +func (c *Client) DeleteEmail(opt DeleteEmailOption) (*Response, error) { + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body)) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_follow.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_follow.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7bd340c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_follow.go @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import "fmt" + +// ListFollowersOptions options for listing followers +type ListFollowersOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListMyFollowers list all the followers of current user +func (c *Client) ListMyFollowers(opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/followers?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users) + return users, resp, err +} + +// ListFollowers list all the followers of one user +func (c *Client) ListFollowers(user string, opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/followers?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users) + return users, resp, err +} + +// ListFollowingOptions options for listing a user's users being followed +type ListFollowingOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListMyFollowing list all the users current user followed +func (c *Client) ListMyFollowing(opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users) + return users, resp, err +} + +// ListFollowing list all the users the user followed +func (c *Client) ListFollowing(user string, opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users) + return users, resp, err +} + +// IsFollowing if current user followed the target +func (c *Client) IsFollowing(target string) (bool, *Response) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil { + // ToDo return err + return false, nil + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil) + return err == nil, resp +} + +// IsUserFollowing if the user followed the target +func (c *Client) IsUserFollowing(user, target string) (bool, *Response) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &target); err != nil { + // ToDo return err + return false, nil + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following/%s", user, target), nil, nil) + return err == nil, resp +} + +// Follow set current user follow the target +func (c *Client) Follow(target string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} + +// Unfollow set current user unfollow the target +func (c *Client) Unfollow(target string) (*Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_gpgkey.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_gpgkey.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c1b9d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_gpgkey.go @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +// Copyright 2017 Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "time" +) + +// GPGKey a user GPG key to sign commit and tag in repository +type GPGKey struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + PrimaryKeyID string `json:"primary_key_id"` + KeyID string `json:"key_id"` + PublicKey string `json:"public_key"` + Emails []*GPGKeyEmail `json:"emails"` + SubsKey []*GPGKey `json:"subkeys"` + CanSign bool `json:"can_sign"` + CanEncryptComms bool `json:"can_encrypt_comms"` + CanEncryptStorage bool `json:"can_encrypt_storage"` + CanCertify bool `json:"can_certify"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"` + Expires time.Time `json:"expires_at,omitempty"` +} + +// GPGKeyEmail an email attached to a GPGKey +type GPGKeyEmail struct { + Email string `json:"email"` + Verified bool `json:"verified"` +} + +// ListGPGKeysOptions options for listing a user's GPGKeys +type ListGPGKeysOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of the user +func (c *Client) ListGPGKeys(user string, opt ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/gpg_keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys) + return keys, resp, err +} + +// ListMyGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of current user +func (c *Client) ListMyGPGKeys(opt *ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys) + return keys, resp, err +} + +// GetGPGKey get current user's GPG key by key id +func (c *Client) GetGPGKey(keyID int64) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) { + key := new(GPGKey) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key) + return key, resp, err +} + +// CreateGPGKeyOption options create user GPG key +type CreateGPGKeyOption struct { + // An armored GPG key to add + // + ArmoredKey string `json:"armored_public_key"` +} + +// CreateGPGKey create GPG key with options +func (c *Client) CreateGPGKey(opt CreateGPGKeyOption) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) { + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + key := new(GPGKey) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/gpg_keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key) + return key, resp, err +} + +// DeleteGPGKey delete GPG key with key id +func (c *Client) DeleteGPGKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) { + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_key.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_key.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02795ba --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_key.go @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "time" +) + +// PublicKey publickey is a user key to push code to repository +type PublicKey struct { + ID int64 `json:"id"` + Key string `json:"key"` + URL string `json:"url,omitempty"` + Title string `json:"title,omitempty"` + Fingerprint string `json:"fingerprint,omitempty"` + Created time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"` + Owner *User `json:"user,omitempty"` + ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only,omitempty"` + KeyType string `json:"key_type,omitempty"` +} + +// ListPublicKeysOptions options for listing a user's PublicKeys +type ListPublicKeysOptions struct { + ListOptions +} + +// ListPublicKeys list all the public keys of the user +func (c *Client) ListPublicKeys(user string, opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) { + if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + opt.setDefaults() + keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys) + return keys, resp, err +} + +// ListMyPublicKeys list all the public keys of current user +func (c *Client) ListMyPublicKeys(opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) { + opt.setDefaults() + keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys) + return keys, resp, err +} + +// GetPublicKey get current user's public key by key id +func (c *Client) GetPublicKey(keyID int64) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) { + key := new(PublicKey) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key) + return key, resp, err +} + +// CreateKeyOption options when creating a key +type CreateKeyOption struct { + // Title of the key to add + Title string `json:"title"` + // An armored SSH key to add + Key string `json:"key"` + // Describe if the key has only read access or read/write + ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only"` +} + +// CreatePublicKey create public key with options +func (c *Client) CreatePublicKey(opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) { + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + key := new(PublicKey) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key) + return key, resp, err +} + +// DeletePublicKey delete public key with key id +func (c *Client) DeletePublicKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) { + _, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil) + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_search.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_search.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ea0c45 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_search.go @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" +) + +type searchUsersResponse struct { + Users []*User `json:"data"` +} + +// SearchUsersOption options for SearchUsers +type SearchUsersOption struct { + ListOptions + KeyWord string +} + +// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument +func (opt *SearchUsersOption) QueryEncode() string { + query := make(url.Values) + if opt.Page > 0 { + query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Page)) + } + if opt.PageSize > 0 { + query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PageSize)) + } + if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 { + query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord) + } + return query.Encode() +} + +func (c *Client) searchUsers(rawQuery string) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + link, _ := url.Parse("/users/search") + link.RawQuery = rawQuery + userResp := new(searchUsersResponse) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &userResp) + return userResp.Users, resp, err +} + +// SearchUsers finds users by query +func (c *Client) SearchUsers(opt SearchUsersOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) { + return c.searchUsers(opt.QueryEncode()) +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_settings.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_settings.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..494cab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_settings.go @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" +) + +// UserSettings represents user settings +type UserSettings struct { + FullName string `json:"full_name"` + Website string `json:"website"` + Description string `json:"description"` + Location string `json:"location"` + Language string `json:"language"` + Theme string `json:"theme"` + DiffViewStyle string `json:"diff_view_style"` + // Privacy + HideEmail bool `json:"hide_email"` + HideActivity bool `json:"hide_activity"` +} + +// UserSettingsOptions represents options to change user settings +type UserSettingsOptions struct { + FullName *string `json:"full_name,omitempty"` + Website *string `json:"website,omitempty"` + Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"` + Location *string `json:"location,omitempty"` + Language *string `json:"language,omitempty"` + Theme *string `json:"theme,omitempty"` + DiffViewStyle *string `json:"diff_view_style,omitempty"` + // Privacy + HideEmail *bool `json:"hide_email,omitempty"` + HideActivity *bool `json:"hide_activity,omitempty"` +} + +// GetUserSettings returns user settings +func (c *Client) GetUserSettings() (*UserSettings, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + userConfig := new(UserSettings) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/settings", nil, nil, userConfig) + return userConfig, resp, err +} + +// UpdateUserSettings returns user settings +func (c *Client) UpdateUserSettings(opt UserSettingsOptions) (*UserSettings, *Response, error) { + if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + body, err := json.Marshal(&opt) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + userConfig := new(UserSettings) + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", "/user/settings", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), userConfig) + return userConfig, resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/version.go b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/version.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f41c77 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/version.go @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gitea + +import ( + "fmt" + + "github.com/hashicorp/go-version" +) + +// ServerVersion returns the version of the server +func (c *Client) ServerVersion() (string, *Response, error) { + var v = struct { + Version string `json:"version"` + }{} + resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/version", nil, nil, &v) + return v.Version, resp, err +} + +// CheckServerVersionConstraint validates that the login's server satisfies a +// given version constraint such as ">= 1.11.0+dev" +func (c *Client) CheckServerVersionConstraint(constraint string) error { + if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil { + return err + } + + check, err := version.NewConstraint(constraint) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if !check.Check(c.serverVersion) { + c.mutex.RLock() + url := c.url + c.mutex.RUnlock() + return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s does not satisfy version constraint %s", url, constraint) + } + return nil +} + +// SetGiteaVersion configures the Client to assume the given version of the +// Gitea server, instead of querying the server for it when initializing. +// Use "" to skip all canonical ways in the SDK to check for versions +func SetGiteaVersion(v string) ClientOption { + if v == "" { + return func(c *Client) error { + c.ignoreVersion = true + return nil + } + } + return func(c *Client) (err error) { + c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() { + c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(v) + return + }) + return + } +} + +// predefined versions only have to be parsed by library once +var ( + version1_11_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.11.0") + version1_12_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.12.0") + version1_13_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.13.0") + version1_14_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.14.0") + version1_15_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.15.0") +) + +// checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual is the canonical way in the SDK to check for versions for API compatibility reasons +func (c *Client) checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(v *version.Version) error { + if c.ignoreVersion { + return nil + } + if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil { + return err + } + + if !c.serverVersion.GreaterThanOrEqual(v) { + c.mutex.RLock() + url := c.url + c.mutex.RUnlock() + return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s is older than %s", url, v.Original()) + } + return nil +} + +// loadServerVersion init the serverVersion variable +func (c *Client) loadServerVersion() (err error) { + c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() { + raw, _, err2 := c.ServerVersion() + if err2 != nil { + err = err2 + return + } + if c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(raw); err != nil { + return + } + }) + return +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c33dcc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 + +1. Definitions + +1.1. “Contributor” + + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the + creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. “Contributor Version” + + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a + Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution. + +1.3. “Contribution” + + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. “Covered Software” + + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the + notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and + Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions + thereof. + +1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” + means + + a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in + Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version + 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a + Secondary License. + +1.6. “Executable Form” + + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. “Larger Work” + + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate + file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. “License” + + means this document. + +1.9. “Licensable” + + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the + time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by + this License. + +1.10. “Modifications” + + means any of the following: + + a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion + from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or + + b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software. + +1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor + + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process, + and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that + would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making, + using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of + either its Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +1.12. “Secondary License” + + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser + General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public + License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses. + +1.13. “Source Code Form” + + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. “You” (or “Your”) + + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is + controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this + definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause + the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the + outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity. + + +2. License Grants and Conditions + +2.1. Grants + + Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, + non-exclusive license: + + a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as + part of a Larger Work; and + + b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for + sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions + or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + + The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become + effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes + such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + + The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this + License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution + or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section + 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor: + + a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or + + b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + + c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its + Contributions. + + This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or + logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the + notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + + No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to + distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License + (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted + under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + + Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions + are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the + rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + + This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable + copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + + Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in + Section 2.1. + + +3. Responsibilities + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + + All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any + Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the + terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form + of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how + they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or + restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + + If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + + a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, + as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the + Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by + reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost + of distribution to the recipient; and + + b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License, + or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for + the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’ + rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + + You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, + provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the + Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software + with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered + Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits + You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of + such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at + their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of + either this License or such Secondary License(s). + +3.4. Notices + + You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including + copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations + of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered + Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent + required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + + You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, + indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered + Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf + of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such + warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You + alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any + liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, + indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional + disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any + jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation + + If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License + with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial + order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License + to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code + they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all + distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the + extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be + sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to + understand it. + +5. Termination + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You + fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, + then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor + are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor + explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis, + if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some + reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance. + Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an + ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by + some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of + non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become + compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent + infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims, + and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or + indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and + all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License + shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user + license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been + validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to + termination shall survive termination. + +6. Disclaimer of Warranty + + Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without + warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including, + without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects, + merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire + risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. + Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any + Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or + correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this + License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License + except under this disclaimer. + +7. Limitation of Liability + + Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including + negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who + distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any + direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any + character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of + goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been + informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability + shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such + party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. + Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or + consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You. + +8. Litigation + + Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of + a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business + and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without + reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall + prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous + + This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter + hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such + provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it + enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a + contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe + this License against a Contributor. + + +10. Versions of the License + +10.1. New Versions + + Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section + 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or + publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a + distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + + You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of + the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or + under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license + steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + + If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to + create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified + version of this License if you rename the license and remove any + references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such + modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses + If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With + Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the + notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice + + This Source Code Form is subject to the + terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. + 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not + distributed with this file, You can + obtain one at + http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then +You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant +directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice + + This Source Code Form is “Incompatible + With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by + the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. + diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..851a337 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +# Versioning Library for Go +[![Build Status](https://circleci.com/gh/hashicorp/go-version/tree/master.svg?style=svg)](https://circleci.com/gh/hashicorp/go-version/tree/master) +[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-version?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-version) + +go-version is a library for parsing versions and version constraints, +and verifying versions against a set of constraints. go-version +can sort a collection of versions properly, handles prerelease/beta +versions, can increment versions, etc. + +Versions used with go-version must follow [SemVer](http://semver.org/). + +## Installation and Usage + +Package documentation can be found on +[GoDoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-version). + +Installation can be done with a normal `go get`: + +``` +$ go get github.com/hashicorp/go-version +``` + +#### Version Parsing and Comparison + +```go +v1, err := version.NewVersion("1.2") +v2, err := version.NewVersion("1.5+metadata") + +// Comparison example. There is also GreaterThan, Equal, and just +// a simple Compare that returns an int allowing easy >=, <=, etc. +if v1.LessThan(v2) { + fmt.Printf("%s is less than %s", v1, v2) +} +``` + +#### Version Constraints + +```go +v1, err := version.NewVersion("1.2") + +// Constraints example. +constraints, err := version.NewConstraint(">= 1.0, < 1.4") +if constraints.Check(v1) { + fmt.Printf("%s satisfies constraints %s", v1, constraints) +} +``` + +#### Version Sorting + +```go +versionsRaw := []string{"1.1", "0.7.1", "1.4-beta", "1.4", "2"} +versions := make([]*version.Version, len(versionsRaw)) +for i, raw := range versionsRaw { + v, _ := version.NewVersion(raw) + versions[i] = v +} + +// After this, the versions are properly sorted +sort.Sort(version.Collection(versions)) +``` + +## Issues and Contributing + +If you find an issue with this library, please report an issue. If you'd +like, we welcome any contributions. Fork this library and submit a pull +request. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d055759 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +package version + +import ( + "fmt" + "reflect" + "regexp" + "strings" +) + +// Constraint represents a single constraint for a version, such as +// ">= 1.0". +type Constraint struct { + f constraintFunc + check *Version + original string +} + +// Constraints is a slice of constraints. We make a custom type so that +// we can add methods to it. +type Constraints []*Constraint + +type constraintFunc func(v, c *Version) bool + +var constraintOperators map[string]constraintFunc + +var constraintRegexp *regexp.Regexp + +func init() { + constraintOperators = map[string]constraintFunc{ + "": constraintEqual, + "=": constraintEqual, + "!=": constraintNotEqual, + ">": constraintGreaterThan, + "<": constraintLessThan, + ">=": constraintGreaterThanEqual, + "<=": constraintLessThanEqual, + "~>": constraintPessimistic, + } + + ops := make([]string, 0, len(constraintOperators)) + for k := range constraintOperators { + ops = append(ops, regexp.QuoteMeta(k)) + } + + constraintRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf( + `^\s*(%s)\s*(%s)\s*$`, + strings.Join(ops, "|"), + VersionRegexpRaw)) +} + +// NewConstraint will parse one or more constraints from the given +// constraint string. The string must be a comma-separated list of +// constraints. +func NewConstraint(v string) (Constraints, error) { + vs := strings.Split(v, ",") + result := make([]*Constraint, len(vs)) + for i, single := range vs { + c, err := parseSingle(single) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + result[i] = c + } + + return Constraints(result), nil +} + +// Check tests if a version satisfies all the constraints. +func (cs Constraints) Check(v *Version) bool { + for _, c := range cs { + if !c.Check(v) { + return false + } + } + + return true +} + +// Returns the string format of the constraints +func (cs Constraints) String() string { + csStr := make([]string, len(cs)) + for i, c := range cs { + csStr[i] = c.String() + } + + return strings.Join(csStr, ",") +} + +// Check tests if a constraint is validated by the given version. +func (c *Constraint) Check(v *Version) bool { + return c.f(v, c.check) +} + +func (c *Constraint) String() string { + return c.original +} + +func parseSingle(v string) (*Constraint, error) { + matches := constraintRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(v) + if matches == nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed constraint: %s", v) + } + + check, err := NewVersion(matches[2]) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + return &Constraint{ + f: constraintOperators[matches[1]], + check: check, + original: v, + }, nil +} + +func prereleaseCheck(v, c *Version) bool { + switch vPre, cPre := v.Prerelease() != "", c.Prerelease() != ""; { + case cPre && vPre: + // A constraint with a pre-release can only match a pre-release version + // with the same base segments. + return reflect.DeepEqual(c.Segments64(), v.Segments64()) + + case !cPre && vPre: + // A constraint without a pre-release can only match a version without a + // pre-release. + return false + + case cPre && !vPre: + // OK, except with the pessimistic operator + case !cPre && !vPre: + // OK + } + return true +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constraint functions +//------------------------------------------------------------------- + +func constraintEqual(v, c *Version) bool { + return v.Equal(c) +} + +func constraintNotEqual(v, c *Version) bool { + return !v.Equal(c) +} + +func constraintGreaterThan(v, c *Version) bool { + return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) == 1 +} + +func constraintLessThan(v, c *Version) bool { + return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) == -1 +} + +func constraintGreaterThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool { + return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) >= 0 +} + +func constraintLessThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool { + return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) <= 0 +} + +func constraintPessimistic(v, c *Version) bool { + // Using a pessimistic constraint with a pre-release, restricts versions to pre-releases + if !prereleaseCheck(v, c) || (c.Prerelease() != "" && v.Prerelease() == "") { + return false + } + + // If the version being checked is naturally less than the constraint, then there + // is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint + if v.LessThan(c) { + return false + } + // We'll use this more than once, so grab the length now so it's a little cleaner + // to write the later checks + cs := len(c.segments) + + // If the version being checked has less specificity than the constraint, then there + // is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint + if cs > len(v.segments) { + return false + } + + // Check the segments in the constraint against those in the version. If the version + // being checked, at any point, does not have the same values in each index of the + // constraints segments, then it cannot be valid against the constraint. + for i := 0; i < c.si-1; i++ { + if v.segments[i] != c.segments[i] { + return false + } + } + + // Check the last part of the segment in the constraint. If the version segment at + // this index is less than the constraints segment at this index, then it cannot + // be valid against the constraint + if c.segments[cs-1] > v.segments[cs-1] { + return false + } + + // If nothing has rejected the version by now, it's valid + return true +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09703e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go @@ -0,0 +1,384 @@ +package version + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "reflect" + "regexp" + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +// The compiled regular expression used to test the validity of a version. +var ( + versionRegexp *regexp.Regexp + semverRegexp *regexp.Regexp +) + +// The raw regular expression string used for testing the validity +// of a version. +const ( + VersionRegexpRaw string = `v?([0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)*?)` + + `(-([0-9]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)|(-?([A-Za-z\-~]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)))?` + + `(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-~]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*))?` + + `?` + + // SemverRegexpRaw requires a separator between version and prerelease + SemverRegexpRaw string = `v?([0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)*?)` + + `(-([0-9]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)|(-([A-Za-z\-~]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)))?` + + `(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-~]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*))?` + + `?` +) + +// Version represents a single version. +type Version struct { + metadata string + pre string + segments []int64 + si int + original string +} + +func init() { + versionRegexp = regexp.MustCompile("^" + VersionRegexpRaw + "$") + semverRegexp = regexp.MustCompile("^" + SemverRegexpRaw + "$") +} + +// NewVersion parses the given version and returns a new +// Version. +func NewVersion(v string) (*Version, error) { + return newVersion(v, versionRegexp) +} + +// NewSemver parses the given version and returns a new +// Version that adheres strictly to SemVer specs +// https://semver.org/ +func NewSemver(v string) (*Version, error) { + return newVersion(v, semverRegexp) +} + +func newVersion(v string, pattern *regexp.Regexp) (*Version, error) { + matches := pattern.FindStringSubmatch(v) + if matches == nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed version: %s", v) + } + segmentsStr := strings.Split(matches[1], ".") + segments := make([]int64, len(segmentsStr)) + si := 0 + for i, str := range segmentsStr { + val, err := strconv.ParseInt(str, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf( + "Error parsing version: %s", err) + } + + segments[i] = int64(val) + si++ + } + + // Even though we could support more than three segments, if we + // got less than three, pad it with 0s. This is to cover the basic + // default usecase of semver, which is MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH at the minimum + for i := len(segments); i < 3; i++ { + segments = append(segments, 0) + } + + pre := matches[7] + if pre == "" { + pre = matches[4] + } + + return &Version{ + metadata: matches[10], + pre: pre, + segments: segments, + si: si, + original: v, + }, nil +} + +// Must is a helper that wraps a call to a function returning (*Version, error) +// and panics if error is non-nil. +func Must(v *Version, err error) *Version { + if err != nil { + panic(err) + } + + return v +} + +// Compare compares this version to another version. This +// returns -1, 0, or 1 if this version is smaller, equal, +// or larger than the other version, respectively. +// +// If you want boolean results, use the LessThan, Equal, +// GreaterThan, GreaterThanOrEqual or LessThanOrEqual methods. +func (v *Version) Compare(other *Version) int { + // A quick, efficient equality check + if v.String() == other.String() { + return 0 + } + + segmentsSelf := v.Segments64() + segmentsOther := other.Segments64() + + // If the segments are the same, we must compare on prerelease info + if reflect.DeepEqual(segmentsSelf, segmentsOther) { + preSelf := v.Prerelease() + preOther := other.Prerelease() + if preSelf == "" && preOther == "" { + return 0 + } + if preSelf == "" { + return 1 + } + if preOther == "" { + return -1 + } + + return comparePrereleases(preSelf, preOther) + } + + // Get the highest specificity (hS), or if they're equal, just use segmentSelf length + lenSelf := len(segmentsSelf) + lenOther := len(segmentsOther) + hS := lenSelf + if lenSelf < lenOther { + hS = lenOther + } + // Compare the segments + // Because a constraint could have more/less specificity than the version it's + // checking, we need to account for a lopsided or jagged comparison + for i := 0; i < hS; i++ { + if i > lenSelf-1 { + // This means Self had the lower specificity + // Check to see if the remaining segments in Other are all zeros + if !allZero(segmentsOther[i:]) { + // if not, it means that Other has to be greater than Self + return -1 + } + break + } else if i > lenOther-1 { + // this means Other had the lower specificity + // Check to see if the remaining segments in Self are all zeros - + if !allZero(segmentsSelf[i:]) { + //if not, it means that Self has to be greater than Other + return 1 + } + break + } + lhs := segmentsSelf[i] + rhs := segmentsOther[i] + if lhs == rhs { + continue + } else if lhs < rhs { + return -1 + } + // Otherwis, rhs was > lhs, they're not equal + return 1 + } + + // if we got this far, they're equal + return 0 +} + +func allZero(segs []int64) bool { + for _, s := range segs { + if s != 0 { + return false + } + } + return true +} + +func comparePart(preSelf string, preOther string) int { + if preSelf == preOther { + return 0 + } + + var selfInt int64 + selfNumeric := true + selfInt, err := strconv.ParseInt(preSelf, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + selfNumeric = false + } + + var otherInt int64 + otherNumeric := true + otherInt, err = strconv.ParseInt(preOther, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + otherNumeric = false + } + + // if a part is empty, we use the other to decide + if preSelf == "" { + if otherNumeric { + return -1 + } + return 1 + } + + if preOther == "" { + if selfNumeric { + return 1 + } + return -1 + } + + if selfNumeric && !otherNumeric { + return -1 + } else if !selfNumeric && otherNumeric { + return 1 + } else if !selfNumeric && !otherNumeric && preSelf > preOther { + return 1 + } else if selfInt > otherInt { + return 1 + } + + return -1 +} + +func comparePrereleases(v string, other string) int { + // the same pre release! + if v == other { + return 0 + } + + // split both pre releases for analyse their parts + selfPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(v, ".") + otherPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(other, ".") + + selfPreReleaseLen := len(selfPreReleaseMeta) + otherPreReleaseLen := len(otherPreReleaseMeta) + + biggestLen := otherPreReleaseLen + if selfPreReleaseLen > otherPreReleaseLen { + biggestLen = selfPreReleaseLen + } + + // loop for parts to find the first difference + for i := 0; i < biggestLen; i = i + 1 { + partSelfPre := "" + if i < selfPreReleaseLen { + partSelfPre = selfPreReleaseMeta[i] + } + + partOtherPre := "" + if i < otherPreReleaseLen { + partOtherPre = otherPreReleaseMeta[i] + } + + compare := comparePart(partSelfPre, partOtherPre) + // if parts are equals, continue the loop + if compare != 0 { + return compare + } + } + + return 0 +} + +// Equal tests if two versions are equal. +func (v *Version) Equal(o *Version) bool { + if v == nil || o == nil { + return v == o + } + + return v.Compare(o) == 0 +} + +// GreaterThan tests if this version is greater than another version. +func (v *Version) GreaterThan(o *Version) bool { + return v.Compare(o) > 0 +} + +// GreaterThanOrEqual tests if this version is greater than or equal to another version. +func (v *Version) GreaterThanOrEqual(o *Version) bool { + return v.Compare(o) >= 0 +} + +// LessThan tests if this version is less than another version. +func (v *Version) LessThan(o *Version) bool { + return v.Compare(o) < 0 +} + +// LessThanOrEqual tests if this version is less than or equal to another version. +func (v *Version) LessThanOrEqual(o *Version) bool { + return v.Compare(o) <= 0 +} + +// Metadata returns any metadata that was part of the version +// string. +// +// Metadata is anything that comes after the "+" in the version. +// For example, with "1.2.3+beta", the metadata is "beta". +func (v *Version) Metadata() string { + return v.metadata +} + +// Prerelease returns any prerelease data that is part of the version, +// or blank if there is no prerelease data. +// +// Prerelease information is anything that comes after the "-" in the +// version (but before any metadata). For example, with "1.2.3-beta", +// the prerelease information is "beta". +func (v *Version) Prerelease() string { + return v.pre +} + +// Segments returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of ints. +// +// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example, +// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of +// 1, 2, 3. +func (v *Version) Segments() []int { + segmentSlice := make([]int, len(v.segments)) + for i, v := range v.segments { + segmentSlice[i] = int(v) + } + return segmentSlice +} + +// Segments64 returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of int64s. +// +// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example, +// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of +// 1, 2, 3. +func (v *Version) Segments64() []int64 { + result := make([]int64, len(v.segments)) + copy(result, v.segments) + return result +} + +// String returns the full version string included pre-release +// and metadata information. +// +// This value is rebuilt according to the parsed segments and other +// information. Therefore, ambiguities in the version string such as +// prefixed zeroes (1.04.0 => 1.4.0), `v` prefix (v1.0.0 => 1.0.0), and +// missing parts (1.0 => 1.0.0) will be made into a canonicalized form +// as shown in the parenthesized examples. +func (v *Version) String() string { + var buf bytes.Buffer + fmtParts := make([]string, len(v.segments)) + for i, s := range v.segments { + // We can ignore err here since we've pre-parsed the values in segments + str := strconv.FormatInt(s, 10) + fmtParts[i] = str + } + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, strings.Join(fmtParts, ".")) + if v.pre != "" { + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "-%s", v.pre) + } + if v.metadata != "" { + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "+%s", v.metadata) + } + + return buf.String() +} + +// Original returns the original parsed version as-is, including any +// potential whitespace, `v` prefix, etc. +func (v *Version) Original() string { + return v.original +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc888d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +package version + +// Collection is a type that implements the sort.Interface interface +// so that versions can be sorted. +type Collection []*Version + +func (v Collection) Len() int { + return len(v) +} + +func (v Collection) Less(i, j int) bool { + return v[i].LessThan(v[j]) +} + +func (v Collection) Swap(i, j int) { + v[i], v[j] = v[j], v[i] +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/AUTHORS b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/AUTHORS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2107f4a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/AUTHORS @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This is the list of envconfig authors for copyright purposes. +# +# This does not necessarily list everyone who has contributed code, since in +# some cases, their employer may be the copyright holder. To see the full list +# of contributors, see the revision history in source control. + +Google LLC +Seth Vargo diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d645695 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ + + Apache License + Version 2.0, January 2004 + http://www.apache.org/licenses/ + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION + + 1. Definitions. + + "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, + and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. + + "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by + the copyright owner that is granting the License. + + "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all + other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common + control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, + "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the + direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the + outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity. + + "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity + exercising permissions granted by this License. + + "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, + including but not limited to software source code, documentation + source, and configuration files. + + "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical + transformation or translation of a Source form, including but + not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, + and conversions to other media types. + + "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or + Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a + copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work + (an example is provided in the Appendix below). + + "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object + form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the + editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications + represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes + of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain + separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, + the Work and Derivative Works thereof. + + "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including + the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions + to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally + submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner + or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of + the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" + means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent + to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to + communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, + and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the + Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but + excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise + designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution." + + "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity + on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and + subsequently incorporated within the Work. + + 2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of + this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, + worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable + copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, + publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the + Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form. + + 3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of + this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, + worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable + (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, + use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, + where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable + by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their + Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) + with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You + institute patent litigation against any entity (including a + cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work + or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct + or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses + granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate + as of the date such litigation is filed. + + 4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the + Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without + modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You + meet the following conditions: + + (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or + Derivative Works a copy of this License; and + + (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that You changed the files; and + + (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works + that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and + attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, + excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of + the Derivative Works; and + + (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its + distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must + include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained + within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not + pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one + of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed + as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or + documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, + within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and + wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents + of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and + do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution + notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside + or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided + that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed + as modifying the License. + + You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and + may provide additional or different license terms and conditions + for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or + for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, + reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with + the conditions stated in this License. + + 5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, + any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work + by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of + this License, without any additional terms or conditions. + Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify + the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed + with Licensor regarding such Contributions. + + 6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade + names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, + except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the + origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. + + 7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or + agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each + Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, + WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or + implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions + of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A + PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the + appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any + risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License. + + 8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, + whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, + unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly + negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be + liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, + incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a + result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the + Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, + work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor + has been advised of the possibility of such damages. + + 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing + the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, + and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, + or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this + License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only + on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf + of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, + defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability + incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason + of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work. + + To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following + boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" + replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include + the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate + comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a + file or class name and description of purpose be included on the + same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier + identification within third-party archives. + + Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] + + Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + You may obtain a copy of the License at + + http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + + Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + limitations under the License. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/Makefile b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0b140b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Copyright The envconfig Authors +# +# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +# You may obtain a copy of the License at +# +# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +# +# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +# limitations under the License. + +test: + @go test \ + -count=1 \ + -short \ + -timeout=5m \ + -vet="${VETTERS}" \ + ./... +.PHONY: test + +test-acc: + @go test \ + -count=1 \ + -race \ + -shuffle=on \ + -timeout=10m \ + -vet="${VETTERS}" \ + ./... +.PHONY: test-acc diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/README.md b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe817a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,405 @@ +# Envconfig + +[![GoDoc](https://img.shields.io/badge/go-documentation-blue.svg?style=flat-square)](https://pkg.go.dev/mod/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig) +[![GitHub Actions](https://img.shields.io/github/workflow/status/sethvargo/go-envconfig/unit/main?style=flat-square)](https://github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/actions?query=branch%3Amain+-event%3Aschedule) + +Envconfig populates struct field values based on environment variables or +arbitrary lookup functions. It supports pre-setting mutations, which is useful +for things like converting values to uppercase, trimming whitespace, or looking +up secrets. + +**Note:** Versions prior to v0.2 used a different import path. This README and +examples are for v0.2+. + +## Usage + +Define a struct with fields using the `env` tag: + +```go +type MyConfig struct { + Port int `env:"PORT"` + Username string `env:"USERNAME"` +} +``` + +Set some environment variables: + +```sh +export PORT=5555 +export USERNAME=yoyo +``` + +Process it using envconfig: + +```go +package main + +import ( + "context" + "log" + + "github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig" +) + +func main() { + ctx := context.Background() + + var c MyConfig + if err := envconfig.Process(ctx, &c); err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } + + // c.Port = 5555 + // c.Username = "yoyo" +} +``` + +You can also use nested structs, just remember that any fields you want to +process must be public: + +```go +type MyConfig struct { + Database *DatabaseConfig +} + +type DatabaseConfig struct { + Port int `env:"PORT"` + Username string `env:"USERNAME"` +} +``` + +## Configuration + +Use the `env` struct tag to define configuration. + +### Overwrite + +If overwrite is set, the value will be overwritten if there is an +environment variable match regardless if the value is non-zero. + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + Port int `env:"PORT,overwrite"` +} +``` + +### Required + +If a field is required, processing will error if the environment variable is +unset. + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + Port int `env:"PORT,required"` +} +``` + +It is invalid to have a field as both `required` and `default`. + +### Default + +If an environment variable is not set, the field will be set to the default +value. Note that the environment variable must not be set (e.g. `unset PORT`). +If the environment variable is the empty string, that counts as a "value" and +the default will not be used. + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + Port int `env:"PORT,default=5555"` +} +``` + +You can also set the default value to another field or value from the +environment, for example: + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + DefaultPort int `env:"DEFAULT_PORT,default=5555"` + Port int `env:"OVERRIDE_PORT,default=$DEFAULT_PORT"` +} +``` + +The value for `Port` will default to the value of `DEFAULT_PORT`. + +It is invalid to have a field as both `required` and `default`. + +### Prefix + +For shared, embedded structs, you can define a prefix to use when processing +struct values for that embed. + +```go +type SharedConfig struct { + Port int `env:"PORT,default=5555"` +} + +type Server1 struct { + // This processes Port from $FOO_PORT. + *SharedConfig `env:",prefix=FOO_"` +} + +type Server2 struct { + // This processes Port from $BAR_PORT. + *SharedConfig `env:",prefix=BAR_"` +} +``` + +It is invalid to specify a prefix on non-struct fields. + +### Delimiter + +When parsing maps and slices, a comma (`,`) is the default element delimiter. +Define a custom delimiter with `delimiter`: + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + MyVar map[string]string `env:"MYVAR,delimiter=;"` +``` + +```bash +export MYVAR="a:1;b:2" +# map[string]string{"a":"1", "b":"2"} +``` + +This is especially helpful when your values include the default delimiter +character. + +```bash +export MYVAR="a:1,2,3;b:4,5" +# map[string]string{"a":"1,2,3", "b":"4,5"} +``` + +### Separator + +When parsing maps, a colon (`:`) is the default key-value separator. Define a +separator with `separator`: + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + MyVar map[string]string `env:"MYVAR,separator=="` +} +``` + +```bash +export MYVAR="a=b,c=d" +# map[string]string{"a":"b", "c":"d"} +``` + +This is especially helpful when your keys or values include the default +separator character. + +```bash +export MYVAR="client=abcd::1/128,backend=abcd::2/128" +# map[string]string{"client":"abcd::1/128", "backend":"abcd::2/128"} +``` + +## Complex Types + +### Durations + +In the environment, `time.Duration` values are specified as a parsable Go +duration: + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + MyVar time.Duration `env:"MYVAR"` +} +``` + +```bash +export MYVAR="10m" # 10 * time.Minute +``` + +### TextUnmarshaler / BinaryUnmarshaler + +Types that implement `TextUnmarshaler` or `BinaryUnmarshaler` are processed as such. + +### json.Unmarshaler + +Types that implement `json.Unmarshaler` are processed as such. + +### gob.Decoder + +Types that implement `gob.Decoder` are processed as such. + + +### Slices + +Slices are specified as comma-separated values: + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + MyVar []string `env:"MYVAR"` +} +``` + +```bash +export MYVAR="a,b,c,d" # []string{"a", "b", "c", "d"} +``` + +Note that byte slices are special cased and interpreted as strings from the +environment. + +### Maps + +Maps are specified as comma-separated key:value pairs: + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + MyVar map[string]string `env:"MYVAR"` +} +``` + +```bash +export MYVAR="a:b,c:d" # map[string]string{"a":"b", "c":"d"} +``` + +### Structs + +Envconfig walks the entire struct, including nested structs, so deeply-nested +fields are also supported. + +If a nested struct is a pointer type, it will automatically be instantianted to +the non-nil value. To change this behavior, see +(Initialization)[#Initialization]. + + +### Custom + +You can also define your own decoder for structs (see below). + + +## Prefixing + +You can define a custom prefix using the `PrefixLookuper`. This will lookup +values in the environment by prefixing the keys with the provided value: + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + MyVar string `env:"MYVAR"` +} +``` + +```go +// Process variables, but look for the "APP_" prefix. +l := envconfig.PrefixLookuper("APP_", envconfig.OsLookuper()) +if err := envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &c, l); err != nil { + panic(err) +} +``` + +```bash +export APP_MYVAR="foo" +``` + +## Initialization + +By default, all pointer fields are initialized (allocated) so they are not +`nil`. To disable this behavior, use the tag the field as `noinit`: + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + // Without `noinit`, DeleteUser would be initialized to the default boolean + // value. With `noinit`, if the environment variable is not given, the value + // is kept as uninitialized (nil). + DeleteUser *bool `env:"DELETE_USER, noinit"` +} +``` + +This also applies to nested fields in a struct: + +```go +type ParentConfig struct { + // Without `noinit` tag, `Child` would be set to `&ChildConfig{}` whether + // or not `FIELD` is set in the env var. + // With `noinit`, `Child` would stay nil if `FIELD` is not set in the env var. + Child *ChildConfig `env:",noinit"` +} + +type ChildConfig struct { + Field string `env:"FIELD"` +} +``` + +The `noinit` tag is only applicable for pointer fields. Putting the tag on a +non-struct-pointer will return an error. + + +## Extension + +All built-in types are supported except Func and Chan. If you need to define a +custom decoder, implement the `Decoder` interface: + +```go +type MyStruct struct { + field string +} + +func (v *MyStruct) EnvDecode(val string) error { + v.field = fmt.Sprintf("PREFIX-%s", val) + return nil +} + +var _ envconfig.Decoder = (*MyStruct)(nil) // interface check +``` + +If you need to modify environment variable values before processing, you can +specify a custom `Mutator`: + +```go +type Config struct { + Password `env:"PASSWORD"` +} + +func resolveSecretFunc(ctx context.Context, key, value string) (string, error) { + if strings.HasPrefix(value, "secret://") { + return secretmanager.Resolve(ctx, value) // example + } + return value, nil +} + +var config Config +envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &config, envconfig.OsLookuper(), resolveSecretFunc) +``` + +## Testing + +Relying on the environment in tests can be troublesome because environment +variables are global, which makes it difficult to parallelize the tests. +Envconfig supports extracting data from anything that returns a value: + +```go +lookuper := envconfig.MapLookuper(map[string]string{ + "FOO": "bar", + "ZIP": "zap", +}) + +var config Config +envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &config, lookuper) +``` + +Now you can parallelize all your tests by providing a map for the lookup +function. In fact, that's how the tests in this repo work, so check there for an +example. + +You can also combine multiple lookupers with `MultiLookuper`. See the GoDoc for +more information and examples. + + +## Inspiration + +This library is conceptually similar to [kelseyhightower/envconfig](https://github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig), with the following +major behavioral differences: + +- Adds support for specifying a custom lookup function (such as a map), which + is useful for testing. + +- Only populates fields if they contain zero or nil values if `overwrite` is unset. + This means you can pre-initialize a struct and any pre-populated fields will not + be overwritten during processing. + +- Support for interpolation. The default value for a field can be the value of + another field. + +- Support for arbitrary mutators that change/resolve data before type + conversion. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/decoding.go b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/decoding.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d1cd28 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/decoding.go @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +// Copyright The envconfig Authors +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +package envconfig + +import ( + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/hex" + "strings" +) + +// Base64Bytes is a slice of bytes where the information is base64-encoded in +// the environment variable. +type Base64Bytes []byte + +// EnvDecode implements env.Decoder. +func (b *Base64Bytes) EnvDecode(val string) error { + val = strings.ReplaceAll(val, "+", "-") + val = strings.ReplaceAll(val, "/", "_") + val = strings.TrimRight(val, "=") + + var err error + *b, err = base64.RawURLEncoding.DecodeString(val) + return err +} + +// Bytes returns the underlying bytes. +func (b Base64Bytes) Bytes() []byte { + return []byte(b) +} + +// HexBytes is a slice of bytes where the information is hex-encoded in the +// environment variable. +type HexBytes []byte + +// EnvDecode implements env.Decoder. +func (b *HexBytes) EnvDecode(val string) error { + var err error + *b, err = hex.DecodeString(val) + return err +} + +// Bytes returns the underlying bytes. +func (b HexBytes) Bytes() []byte { + return []byte(b) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/envconfig.go b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/envconfig.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..145d285 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/envconfig.go @@ -0,0 +1,691 @@ +// Copyright The envconfig Authors +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +// Package envconfig populates struct fields based on environment variable +// values (or anything that responds to "Lookup"). Structs declare their +// environment dependencies using the `env` tag with the key being the name of +// the environment variable, case sensitive. +// +// type MyStruct struct { +// A string `env:"A"` // resolves A to $A +// B string `env:"B,required"` // resolves B to $B, errors if $B is unset +// C string `env:"C,default=foo"` // resolves C to $C, defaults to "foo" +// +// D string `env:"D,required,default=foo"` // error, cannot be required and default +// E string `env:""` // error, must specify key +// } +// +// All built-in types are supported except Func and Chan. If you need to define +// a custom decoder, implement Decoder: +// +// type MyStruct struct { +// field string +// } +// +// func (v *MyStruct) EnvDecode(val string) error { +// v.field = fmt.Sprintf("PREFIX-%s", val) +// return nil +// } +// +// In the environment, slices are specified as comma-separated values: +// +// export MYVAR="a,b,c,d" // []string{"a", "b", "c", "d"} +// +// In the environment, maps are specified as comma-separated key:value pairs: +// +// export MYVAR="a:b,c:d" // map[string]string{"a":"b", "c":"d"} +// +// If you need to modify environment variable values before processing, you can +// specify a custom mutator: +// +// type Config struct { +// Password `env:"PASSWORD_SECRET"` +// } +// +// func resolveSecretFunc(ctx context.Context, key, value string) (string, error) { +// if strings.HasPrefix(value, "secret://") { +// return secretmanager.Resolve(ctx, value) // example +// } +// return value, nil +// } +// +// var config Config +// ProcessWith(&config, OsLookuper(), resolveSecretFunc) +// +package envconfig + +import ( + "context" + "encoding" + "encoding/gob" + "encoding/json" + "errors" + "fmt" + "os" + "reflect" + "regexp" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" +) + +const ( + envTag = "env" + + optDefault = "default=" + optDelimiter = "delimiter=" + optNoInit = "noinit" + optOverwrite = "overwrite" + optPrefix = "prefix=" + optRequired = "required" + optSeparator = "separator=" + + defaultDelimiter = "," + defaultSeparator = ":" +) + +var envvarNameRe = regexp.MustCompile(`\A[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\z`) + +// Error is a custom error type for errors returned by envconfig. +type Error string + +// Error implements error. +func (e Error) Error() string { + return string(e) +} + +const ( + ErrInvalidEnvvarName = Error("invalid environment variable name") + ErrInvalidMapItem = Error("invalid map item") + ErrLookuperNil = Error("lookuper cannot be nil") + ErrMissingKey = Error("missing key") + ErrMissingRequired = Error("missing required value") + ErrNoInitNotPtr = Error("field must be a pointer to have noinit") + ErrNotPtr = Error("input must be a pointer") + ErrNotStruct = Error("input must be a struct") + ErrPrefixNotStruct = Error("prefix is only valid on struct types") + ErrPrivateField = Error("cannot parse private fields") + ErrRequiredAndDefault = Error("field cannot be required and have a default value") + ErrUnknownOption = Error("unknown option") +) + +// Lookuper is an interface that provides a lookup for a string-based key. +type Lookuper interface { + // Lookup searches for the given key and returns the corresponding string + // value. If a value is found, it returns the value and true. If a value is + // not found, it returns the empty string and false. + Lookup(key string) (string, bool) +} + +// osLookuper looks up environment configuration from the local environment. +type osLookuper struct{} + +// Verify implements interface. +var _ Lookuper = (*osLookuper)(nil) + +func (o *osLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) { + return os.LookupEnv(key) +} + +// OsLookuper returns a lookuper that uses the environment (os.LookupEnv) to +// resolve values. +func OsLookuper() Lookuper { + return new(osLookuper) +} + +type mapLookuper map[string]string + +var _ Lookuper = (*mapLookuper)(nil) + +func (m mapLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) { + v, ok := m[key] + return v, ok +} + +// MapLookuper looks up environment configuration from a provided map. This is +// useful for testing, especially in parallel, since it does not require you to +// mutate the parent environment (which is stateful). +func MapLookuper(m map[string]string) Lookuper { + return mapLookuper(m) +} + +type multiLookuper struct { + ls []Lookuper +} + +var _ Lookuper = (*multiLookuper)(nil) + +func (m *multiLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) { + for _, l := range m.ls { + if v, ok := l.Lookup(key); ok { + return v, true + } + } + return "", false +} + +// PrefixLookuper looks up environment configuration using the specified prefix. +// This is useful if you want all your variables to start with a particular +// prefix like "MY_APP_". +func PrefixLookuper(prefix string, l Lookuper) Lookuper { + if typ, ok := l.(*prefixLookuper); ok { + return &prefixLookuper{prefix: typ.prefix + prefix, l: typ.l} + } + return &prefixLookuper{prefix: prefix, l: l} +} + +type prefixLookuper struct { + l Lookuper + prefix string +} + +func (p *prefixLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) { + return p.l.Lookup(p.prefix + key) +} + +// MultiLookuper wraps a collection of lookupers. It does not combine them, and +// lookups appear in the order in which they are provided to the initializer. +func MultiLookuper(lookupers ...Lookuper) Lookuper { + return &multiLookuper{ls: lookupers} +} + +// Decoder is an interface that custom types/fields can implement to control how +// decoding takes place. For example: +// +// type MyType string +// +// func (mt MyType) EnvDecode(val string) error { +// return "CUSTOM-"+val +// } +// +type Decoder interface { + EnvDecode(val string) error +} + +// MutatorFunc is a function that mutates a given value before it is passed +// along for processing. This is useful if you want to mutate the environment +// variable value before it's converted to the proper type. +type MutatorFunc func(ctx context.Context, k, v string) (string, error) + +// options are internal options for decoding. +type options struct { + Default string + Delimiter string + Prefix string + Separator string + NoInit bool + Overwrite bool + Required bool +} + +// Process processes the struct using the environment. See ProcessWith for a +// more customizable version. +func Process(ctx context.Context, i interface{}) error { + return ProcessWith(ctx, i, OsLookuper()) +} + +// ProcessWith processes the given interface with the given lookuper. See the +// package-level documentation for specific examples and behaviors. +func ProcessWith(ctx context.Context, i interface{}, l Lookuper, fns ...MutatorFunc) error { + return processWith(ctx, i, l, false, fns...) +} + +// processWith is a helper that captures whether the parent wanted +// initialization. +func processWith(ctx context.Context, i interface{}, l Lookuper, parentNoInit bool, fns ...MutatorFunc) error { + if l == nil { + return ErrLookuperNil + } + + v := reflect.ValueOf(i) + if v.Kind() != reflect.Ptr { + return ErrNotPtr + } + + e := v.Elem() + if e.Kind() != reflect.Struct { + return ErrNotStruct + } + + t := e.Type() + + for i := 0; i < t.NumField(); i++ { + ef := e.Field(i) + tf := t.Field(i) + tag := tf.Tag.Get(envTag) + + if !ef.CanSet() { + if tag != "" { + // There's an "env" tag on a private field, we can't alter it, and it's + // likely a mistake. Return an error so the user can handle. + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, ErrPrivateField) + } + + // Otherwise continue to the next field. + continue + } + + // Parse the key and options. + key, opts, err := keyAndOpts(tag) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err) + } + + // NoInit is only permitted on pointers. + if opts.NoInit && ef.Kind() != reflect.Ptr { + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, ErrNoInitNotPtr) + } + + isNilStructPtr := false + setNilStruct := func(v reflect.Value) { + origin := e.Field(i) + if isNilStructPtr { + empty := reflect.New(origin.Type().Elem()).Interface() + // If a struct (after traversal) equals to the empty value, it means + // nothing was changed in any sub-fields. With the noinit opt, we skip + // setting the empty value to the original struct pointer (aka. keep it + // nil). + if !reflect.DeepEqual(v.Interface(), empty) || (!opts.NoInit && !parentNoInit) { + origin.Set(v) + } + } + } + + // Initialize pointer structs. + for ef.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + if ef.IsNil() { + if ef.Type().Elem().Kind() != reflect.Struct { + // This is a nil pointer to something that isn't a struct, like + // *string. Move along. + break + } + + isNilStructPtr = true + // Use an empty struct of the type so we can traverse. + ef = reflect.New(ef.Type().Elem()).Elem() + + } else { + ef = ef.Elem() + } + } + + // Special case handle structs. This has to come after the value resolution in + // case the struct has a custom decoder. + if ef.Kind() == reflect.Struct { + for ef.CanAddr() { + ef = ef.Addr() + } + + // Lookup the value, ignoring an error if the key isn't defined. This is + // required for nested structs that don't declare their own `env` keys, + // but have internal fields with an `env` defined. + val, found, usedDefault, err := lookup(key, opts, l) + if err != nil && !errors.Is(err, ErrMissingKey) { + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err) + } + + if found || usedDefault { + if ok, err := processAsDecoder(val, ef); ok { + if err != nil { + return err + } + + setNilStruct(ef) + continue + } + } + + plu := l + if opts.Prefix != "" { + plu = PrefixLookuper(opts.Prefix, l) + } + + if err := processWith(ctx, ef.Interface(), plu, opts.NoInit, fns...); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err) + } + + setNilStruct(ef) + continue + } + + // It's invalid to have a prefix on a non-struct field. + if opts.Prefix != "" { + return ErrPrefixNotStruct + } + + // Stop processing if there's no env tag (this comes after nested parsing), + // in case there's an env tag in an embedded struct. + if tag == "" { + continue + } + + // The field already has a non-zero value and overwrite is false, do not + // overwrite. + if !ef.IsZero() && !opts.Overwrite { + continue + } + + val, found, usedDefault, err := lookup(key, opts, l) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err) + } + + // If the field already has a non-zero value and there was no value directly + // specified, do not overwrite the existing field. We only want to overwrite + // when the envvar was provided directly. + if !ef.IsZero() && !found { + continue + } + + // Apply any mutators. Mutators are applied after the lookup, but before any + // type conversions. They always resolve to a string (or error), so we don't + // call mutators when the environment variable was not set. + if found || usedDefault { + for _, fn := range fns { + if fn != nil { + val, err = fn(ctx, key, val) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err) + } + } + } + } + + // If Delimiter is not defined set it to "," + if opts.Delimiter == "" { + opts.Delimiter = defaultDelimiter + } + + // If Separator is not defined set it to ":" + if opts.Separator == "" { + opts.Separator = defaultSeparator + } + + // Set value. + if err := processField(val, ef, opts.Delimiter, opts.Separator, opts.NoInit); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("%s(%q): %w", tf.Name, val, err) + } + } + + return nil +} + +// keyAndOpts parses the given tag value (e.g. env:"foo,required") and +// returns the key name and options as a list. +func keyAndOpts(tag string) (string, *options, error) { + parts := strings.Split(tag, ",") + key, tagOpts := strings.TrimSpace(parts[0]), parts[1:] + + if key != "" && !envvarNameRe.MatchString(key) { + return "", nil, fmt.Errorf("%q: %w ", key, ErrInvalidEnvvarName) + } + + var opts options + +LOOP: + for i, o := range tagOpts { + o = strings.TrimSpace(o) + switch { + case o == optOverwrite: + opts.Overwrite = true + case o == optRequired: + opts.Required = true + case o == optNoInit: + opts.NoInit = true + case strings.HasPrefix(o, optPrefix): + opts.Prefix = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optPrefix) + case strings.HasPrefix(o, optDelimiter): + opts.Delimiter = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optDelimiter) + case strings.HasPrefix(o, optSeparator): + opts.Separator = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optSeparator) + case strings.HasPrefix(o, optDefault): + // If a default value was given, assume everything after is the provided + // value, including comma-seprated items. + o = strings.TrimLeft(strings.Join(tagOpts[i:], ","), " ") + opts.Default = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optDefault) + break LOOP + default: + return "", nil, fmt.Errorf("%q: %w", o, ErrUnknownOption) + } + } + + return key, &opts, nil +} + +// lookup looks up the given key using the provided Lookuper and options. The +// first boolean parameter indicates whether the value was found in the +// lookuper. The second boolean parameter indicates whether the default value +// was used. +func lookup(key string, opts *options, l Lookuper) (string, bool, bool, error) { + if key == "" { + // The struct has something like `env:",required"`, which is likely a + // mistake. We could try to infer the envvar from the field name, but that + // feels too magical. + return "", false, false, ErrMissingKey + } + + if opts.Required && opts.Default != "" { + // Having a default value on a required value doesn't make sense. + return "", false, false, ErrRequiredAndDefault + } + + // Lookup value. + val, found := l.Lookup(key) + if !found { + if opts.Required { + if pl, ok := l.(*prefixLookuper); ok { + key = pl.prefix + key + } + + return "", false, false, fmt.Errorf("%w: %s", ErrMissingRequired, key) + } + + if opts.Default != "" { + // Expand the default value. This allows for a default value that maps to + // a different variable. + val = os.Expand(opts.Default, func(i string) string { + s, ok := l.Lookup(i) + if ok { + return s + } + return "" + }) + + return val, false, true, nil + } + } + + return val, found, false, nil +} + +// processAsDecoder processes the given value as a decoder or custom +// unmarshaller. +func processAsDecoder(v string, ef reflect.Value) (bool, error) { + // Keep a running error. It's possible that a property might implement + // multiple decoders, and we don't know *which* decoder will succeed. If we + // get through all of them, we'll return the most recent error. + var imp bool + var err error + + // Resolve any pointers. + for ef.CanAddr() { + ef = ef.Addr() + } + + if ef.CanInterface() { + iface := ef.Interface() + + // If a developer chooses to implement the Decoder interface on a type, + // never attempt to use other decoders in case of failure. EnvDecode's + // decoding logic is "the right one", and the error returned (if any) + // is the most specific we can get. + if dec, ok := iface.(Decoder); ok { + imp = true + err = dec.EnvDecode(v) + return imp, err + } + + if tu, ok := iface.(encoding.TextUnmarshaler); ok { + imp = true + if err = tu.UnmarshalText([]byte(v)); err == nil { + return imp, nil + } + } + + if tu, ok := iface.(json.Unmarshaler); ok { + imp = true + if err = tu.UnmarshalJSON([]byte(v)); err == nil { + return imp, nil + } + } + + if tu, ok := iface.(encoding.BinaryUnmarshaler); ok { + imp = true + if err = tu.UnmarshalBinary([]byte(v)); err == nil { + return imp, nil + } + } + + if tu, ok := iface.(gob.GobDecoder); ok { + imp = true + if err = tu.GobDecode([]byte(v)); err == nil { + return imp, nil + } + } + } + + return imp, err +} + +func processField(v string, ef reflect.Value, delimiter, separator string, noInit bool) error { + // If the input value is empty and initialization is skipped, do nothing. + if v == "" && noInit { + return nil + } + + // Handle pointers and uninitialized pointers. + for ef.Type().Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + if ef.IsNil() { + ef.Set(reflect.New(ef.Type().Elem())) + } + ef = ef.Elem() + } + + tf := ef.Type() + tk := tf.Kind() + + // Handle existing decoders. + if ok, err := processAsDecoder(v, ef); ok { + return err + } + + // We don't check if the value is empty earlier, because the user might want + // to define a custom decoder and treat the empty variable as a special case. + // However, if we got this far, none of the remaining parsers will succeed, so + // bail out now. + if v == "" { + return nil + } + + switch tk { + case reflect.Bool: + b, err := strconv.ParseBool(v) + if err != nil { + return err + } + ef.SetBool(b) + case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64: + f, err := strconv.ParseFloat(v, tf.Bits()) + if err != nil { + return err + } + ef.SetFloat(f) + case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32: + i, err := strconv.ParseInt(v, 0, tf.Bits()) + if err != nil { + return err + } + ef.SetInt(i) + case reflect.Int64: + // Special case time.Duration values. + if tf.PkgPath() == "time" && tf.Name() == "Duration" { + d, err := time.ParseDuration(v) + if err != nil { + return err + } + ef.SetInt(int64(d)) + } else { + i, err := strconv.ParseInt(v, 0, tf.Bits()) + if err != nil { + return err + } + ef.SetInt(i) + } + case reflect.String: + ef.SetString(v) + case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr: + i, err := strconv.ParseUint(v, 0, tf.Bits()) + if err != nil { + return err + } + ef.SetUint(i) + + case reflect.Interface: + return fmt.Errorf("cannot decode into interfaces") + + // Maps + case reflect.Map: + vals := strings.Split(v, delimiter) + mp := reflect.MakeMapWithSize(tf, len(vals)) + for _, val := range vals { + pair := strings.SplitN(val, separator, 2) + if len(pair) < 2 { + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", val, ErrInvalidMapItem) + } + mKey, mVal := strings.TrimSpace(pair[0]), strings.TrimSpace(pair[1]) + + k := reflect.New(tf.Key()).Elem() + if err := processField(mKey, k, delimiter, separator, noInit); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", mKey, err) + } + + v := reflect.New(tf.Elem()).Elem() + if err := processField(mVal, v, delimiter, separator, noInit); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", mVal, err) + } + + mp.SetMapIndex(k, v) + } + ef.Set(mp) + + // Slices + case reflect.Slice: + // Special case: []byte + if tf.Elem().Kind() == reflect.Uint8 { + ef.Set(reflect.ValueOf([]byte(v))) + } else { + vals := strings.Split(v, delimiter) + s := reflect.MakeSlice(tf, len(vals), len(vals)) + for i, val := range vals { + val = strings.TrimSpace(val) + if err := processField(val, s.Index(i), delimiter, separator, noInit); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", val, err) + } + } + ef.Set(s) + } + } + + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/.gitignore b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d83068 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +coverage.out diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/AUTHORS b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/AUTHORS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d29cb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/AUTHORS @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# This is the list of authors for copyright purposes. +# +# This does not necessarily list everyone who has contributed code, since in +# some cases, their employer may be the copyright holder. To see the full list +# of contributors, see the revision history in source control. + +Seth Vargo diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d645695 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ + + Apache License + Version 2.0, January 2004 + http://www.apache.org/licenses/ + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION + + 1. Definitions. + + "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, + and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. + + "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by + the copyright owner that is granting the License. + + "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all + other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common + control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, + "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the + direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the + outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity. + + "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity + exercising permissions granted by this License. + + "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, + including but not limited to software source code, documentation + source, and configuration files. + + "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical + transformation or translation of a Source form, including but + not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, + and conversions to other media types. + + "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or + Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a + copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work + (an example is provided in the Appendix below). + + "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object + form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the + editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications + represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes + of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain + separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, + the Work and Derivative Works thereof. + + "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including + the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions + to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally + submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner + or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of + the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" + means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent + to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to + communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, + and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the + Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but + excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise + designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution." + + "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity + on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and + subsequently incorporated within the Work. + + 2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of + this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, + worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable + copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, + publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the + Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form. + + 3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of + this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, + worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable + (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, + use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, + where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable + by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their + Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) + with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You + institute patent litigation against any entity (including a + cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work + or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct + or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses + granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate + as of the date such litigation is filed. + + 4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the + Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without + modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You + meet the following conditions: + + (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or + Derivative Works a copy of this License; and + + (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that You changed the files; and + + (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works + that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and + attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, + excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of + the Derivative Works; and + + (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its + distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must + include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained + within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not + pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one + of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed + as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or + documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, + within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and + wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents + of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and + do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution + notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside + or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided + that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed + as modifying the License. + + You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and + may provide additional or different license terms and conditions + for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or + for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, + reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with + the conditions stated in this License. + + 5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, + any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work + by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of + this License, without any additional terms or conditions. + Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify + the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed + with Licensor regarding such Contributions. + + 6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade + names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, + except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the + origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. + + 7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or + agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each + Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, + WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or + implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions + of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A + PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the + appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any + risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License. + + 8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, + whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, + unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly + negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be + liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, + incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a + result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the + Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, + work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor + has been advised of the possibility of such damages. + + 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing + the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, + and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, + or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this + License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only + on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf + of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, + defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability + incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason + of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work. + + To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following + boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" + replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include + the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate + comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a + file or class name and description of purpose be included on the + same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier + identification within third-party archives. + + Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] + + Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + You may obtain a copy of the License at + + http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + + Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + limitations under the License. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/Makefile b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5524779 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# Copyright 2020 The Authors +# +# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +# You may obtain a copy of the License at +# +# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +# +# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +# limitations under the License. + +test: + @go test \ + -count=1 \ + -short \ + -timeout=5m \ + ./... +.PHONY: test + +test-acc: + @go test \ + -count=1 \ + -race \ + -timeout=10m \ + ./... +.PHONY: test-acc diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/README.md b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a1d5c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# GitHub Actions SDK (Go) + +[![GoDoc](https://img.shields.io/badge/go-documentation-blue.svg?style=flat-square)](https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions) +[![GitHub Actions](https://img.shields.io/github/workflow/status/sethvargo/go-githubactions/Test?style=flat-square)](https://github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions?query=workflow%3ATest) + +This library provides an SDK for authoring [GitHub Actions][gh-actions] in Go. It has no external dependencies and provides a Go-like interface for interacting with GitHub Actions' build system. + + +## Installation + +Download the library: + +```text +$ go get -u github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/... +``` + + +## Usage + +The easiest way to use the library is by importing it and invoking the functions +at the root: + +```go +import ( + "github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions" +) + +func main() { + val := githubactions.GetInput("val") + if val == "" { + githubactions.Fatalf("missing 'val'") + } +} +``` + +You can also create an instance with custom fields that will be included in log messages: + +```go +import ( + "github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions" +) + +func main() { + actions := githubactions.WithFieldsMap(map[string]string{ + "file": "myfile.js", + "line": "100", + }) + + val := actions.GetInput("val") + if val == "" { + actions.Fatalf("missing 'val'") + } +} +``` + +For more examples and API documentation, please see the [Go docs][godoc]. + + +## Publishing + +There are multiple ways to publish GitHub Actions written in Go: + +- [Composite actions](https://github.com/FerretDB/github-actions/blob/2ae30fd2cdb635d8aefdaf9f770257e156c9f77b/extract-docker-tag/action.yml) +- [Pre-compiled binaries with a shim](https://full-stack.blend.com/how-we-write-github-actions-in-go.html) +- Docker containers (see below) + +By default, GitHub Actions expects actions to be written in Node.js. For other languages like Go, you need to provide a `Dockerfile` and entrypoint instructions in an `action.yml` file: + +```dockerfile +# your-repo/Dockerfile +FROM golang:1.18 +RUN go build -o /bin/app . +ENTRYPOINT ["/bin/app"] +``` + +```yaml +# your-repo/action.yml +name: My action +author: My name +description: My description + +runs: + using: docker + image: Dockerfile +``` + +And then users can import your action by the repository name: + +```yaml +# their-repo/.github/workflows/thing.yml +steps: +- name: My action + uses: username/repo@latest +``` + +However, this will clone the entire repo and compile the Go code each time the action runs. Worse, it uses the Go base container which is a few hundred MBs and includes a ton of unnecessary things. + +Fortunately, GitHub Actions can also source from a Docker container directly from Docker Hub: + +```yaml +steps: +- name: My action + uses: docker://username/repo:latest +``` + +Now we can precompile and publish our Go Action as a Docker container, but we need to make it much, much smaller first. This can be achieved using multi-stage Docker builds: + +```dockerfile +FROM golang:1.18 AS builder + +ENV GO111MODULE=on \ + CGO_ENABLED=0 \ + GOOS=linux \ + GOARCH=amd64 + +RUN apt-get -qq update && \ + apt-get -yqq install upx + +WORKDIR /src +COPY . . + +RUN go build \ + -ldflags "-s -w -extldflags '-static'" \ + -o /bin/app \ + . \ + && strip /bin/app \ + && upx -q -9 /bin/app + +RUN echo "nobody:x:65534:65534:Nobody:/:" > /etc_passwd + + + +FROM scratch + +COPY --from=builder /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt /etc/ssl/certs/ +COPY --from=builder /etc_passwd /etc/passwd +COPY --from=builder --chown=65534:0 /bin/app /app + +USER nobody +ENTRYPOINT ["/app"] +``` + +The first step, uses a fat container to build, strip, and compress the compiled Go binary. Then, in the second step, the compiled and compressed binary is copied into a scratch (bare) container along with some SSL certificates and a `nobody` user in which to execute the container. + +This will usually produce an image that is less than 10MB in size, making for +much faster builds. + + +[gh-actions]: https://github.com/features/actions +[godoc]: https://godoc.org/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions.go b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f7d47c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions.go @@ -0,0 +1,576 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Authors +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +// Package githubactions provides an SDK for authoring GitHub Actions in Go. It +// has no external dependencies and provides a Go-like interface for interacting +// with GitHub Actions' build system. +package githubactions + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "html/template" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "os" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig" +) + +var ( + // osExit allows `os.Exit()` to be stubbed during testing. + osExit = os.Exit +) + +const ( + addMaskCmd = "add-mask" + + envCmd = "env" + outputCmd = "output" + pathCmd = "path" + stateCmd = "state" + + // https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#multiline-strings + multiLineFileDelim = "_GitHubActionsFileCommandDelimeter_" + multilineFileCmd = "%s<<" + multiLineFileDelim + EOF + "%s" + EOF + multiLineFileDelim // ${name}<<${delimiter}${os.EOL}${convertedVal}${os.EOL}${delimiter} + + addMatcherCmd = "add-matcher" + removeMatcherCmd = "remove-matcher" + + groupCmd = "group" + endGroupCmd = "endgroup" + + stepSummaryCmd = "step-summary" + + debugCmd = "debug" + noticeCmd = "notice" + warningCmd = "warning" + errorCmd = "error" + + errFileCmdFmt = "unable to write command to the environment file: %s" +) + +// New creates a new wrapper with helpers for outputting information in GitHub +// actions format. +func New(opts ...Option) *Action { + a := &Action{ + w: os.Stdout, + getenv: os.Getenv, + httpClient: &http.Client{ + Timeout: 10 * time.Second, + }, + } + + for _, opt := range opts { + if opt == nil { + continue + } + a = opt(a) + } + + return a +} + +// Action is an internal wrapper around GitHub Actions' output and magic +// strings. +type Action struct { + w io.Writer + fields CommandProperties + getenv GetenvFunc + httpClient *http.Client +} + +// IssueCommand issues a new GitHub actions Command. It panics if it cannot +// write to the output stream. +func (c *Action) IssueCommand(cmd *Command) { + if _, err := fmt.Fprint(c.w, cmd.String()+EOF); err != nil { + panic(fmt.Errorf("failed to issue command: %w", err)) + } +} + +// IssueFileCommand issues a new GitHub actions Command using environment files. +// It panics if writing to the file fails. +// +// https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#environment-files +// +// The TypeScript equivalent function: +// +// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/4f7fb6513a355689f69f0849edeb369a4dc81729/packages/core/src/file-command.ts#L10-L23 +// +// IssueFileCommand currently ignores the 'CommandProperties' field provided +// with the 'Command' argument as it's scope is unclear in the current +// TypeScript implementation. +func (c *Action) IssueFileCommand(cmd *Command) { + if err := c.issueFileCommand(cmd); err != nil { + panic(err) + } +} + +// issueFileCommand is an internal-only helper that issues the command and +// returns an error to make testing easier. +func (c *Action) issueFileCommand(cmd *Command) (retErr error) { + e := strings.ReplaceAll(cmd.Name, "-", "_") + e = strings.ToUpper(e) + e = "GITHUB_" + e + + filepath := c.getenv(e) + msg := []byte(cmd.Message + EOF) + f, err := os.OpenFile(filepath, os.O_APPEND|os.O_CREATE|os.O_WRONLY, 0644) + if err != nil { + retErr = fmt.Errorf(errFileCmdFmt, err) + return + } + + defer func() { + if err := f.Close(); err != nil && retErr == nil { + retErr = err + } + }() + + if _, err := f.Write(msg); err != nil { + retErr = fmt.Errorf(errFileCmdFmt, err) + return + } + return +} + +// AddMask adds a new field mask for the given string "p". After called, future +// attempts to log "p" will be replaced with "***" in log output. It panics if +// it cannot write to the output stream. +func (c *Action) AddMask(p string) { + // ::add-mask::

+ c.IssueCommand(&Command{ + Name: addMaskCmd, + Message: p, + }) +} + +// AddMatcher adds a new matcher with the given file path. It panics if it +// cannot write to the output stream. +func (c *Action) AddMatcher(p string) { + // ::add-matcher::

+ c.IssueCommand(&Command{ + Name: addMatcherCmd, + Message: p, + }) +} + +// RemoveMatcher removes a matcher with the given owner name. It panics if it +// cannot write to the output stream. +func (c *Action) RemoveMatcher(o string) { + // ::remove-matcher owner=:: + c.IssueCommand(&Command{ + Name: removeMatcherCmd, + Properties: CommandProperties{ + "owner": o, + }, + }) +} + +// AddPath adds the string "p" to the path for the invocation. It panics if it +// cannot write to the output file. +// +// https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#adding-a-system-path +// https://github.blog/changelog/2020-10-01-github-actions-deprecating-set-env-and-add-path-commands/ +func (c *Action) AddPath(p string) { + c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{ + Name: pathCmd, + Message: p, + }) +} + +// SaveState saves state to be used in the "finally" post job entry point. It +// panics if it cannot write to the output stream. +// +// On 2022-10-11, GitHub deprecated "::save-state name=::" in favor of +// [environment files]. +// +// [environment files]: https://github.blog/changelog/2022-10-11-github-actions-deprecating-save-state-and-set-output-commands/ +func (c *Action) SaveState(k, v string) { + c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{ + Name: stateCmd, + Message: fmt.Sprintf(multilineFileCmd, k, v), + }) +} + +// GetInput gets the input by the given name. It returns the empty string if the +// input is not defined. +func (c *Action) GetInput(i string) string { + e := strings.ReplaceAll(i, " ", "_") + e = strings.ToUpper(e) + e = "INPUT_" + e + return strings.TrimSpace(c.getenv(e)) +} + +// Group starts a new collapsable region up to the next ungroup invocation. It +// panics if it cannot write to the output stream. +func (c *Action) Group(t string) { + // ::group:: + c.IssueCommand(&Command{ + Name: groupCmd, + Message: t, + }) +} + +// EndGroup ends the current group. It panics if it cannot write to the output +// stream. +func (c *Action) EndGroup() { + // ::endgroup:: + c.IssueCommand(&Command{ + Name: endGroupCmd, + }) +} + +// AddStepSummary writes the given markdown to the job summary. If a job summary +// already exists, this value is appended. +// +// https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#adding-a-job-summary +// https://github.blog/2022-05-09-supercharging-github-actions-with-job-summaries/ +func (c *Action) AddStepSummary(markdown string) { + c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{ + Name: stepSummaryCmd, + Message: markdown, + }) +} + +// AddStepSummaryTemplate adds a summary template by parsing the given Go +// template using html/template with the given input data. See AddStepSummary +// for caveats. +// +// This primarily exists as a convenience function that renders a template. +func (c *Action) AddStepSummaryTemplate(tmpl string, data any) error { + t, err := template.New("").Parse(tmpl) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to parse template: %w", err) + } + + var b bytes.Buffer + if err := t.Execute(&b, data); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to execute template: %w", err) + } + + c.AddStepSummary(b.String()) + return nil +} + +// SetEnv sets an environment variable. It panics if it cannot write to the +// output file. +// +// https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#setting-an-environment-variable +// https://github.blog/changelog/2020-10-01-github-actions-deprecating-set-env-and-add-path-commands/ +func (c *Action) SetEnv(k, v string) { + c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{ + Name: envCmd, + Message: fmt.Sprintf(multilineFileCmd, k, v), + }) +} + +// SetOutput sets an output parameter. It panics if it cannot write to the +// output stream. +// +// On 2022-10-11, GitHub deprecated "::set-output name=::" in favor of +// [environment files]. +// +// [environment files]: https://github.blog/changelog/2022-10-11-github-actions-deprecating-save-state-and-set-output-commands/ +func (c *Action) SetOutput(k, v string) { + c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{ + Name: outputCmd, + Message: fmt.Sprintf(multilineFileCmd, k, v), + }) +} + +// Debugf prints a debug-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf +// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It +// panics if it cannot write to the output stream. +func (c *Action) Debugf(msg string, args ...any) { + // ::debug :: + c.IssueCommand(&Command{ + Name: debugCmd, + Message: fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...), + Properties: c.fields, + }) +} + +// Noticef prints a notice-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf +// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It +// panics if it cannot write to the output stream. +func (c *Action) Noticef(msg string, args ...any) { + // ::notice :: + c.IssueCommand(&Command{ + Name: noticeCmd, + Message: fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...), + Properties: c.fields, + }) +} + +// Warningf prints a warning-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf +// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It +// panics if it cannot write to the output stream. +func (c *Action) Warningf(msg string, args ...any) { + // ::warning :: + c.IssueCommand(&Command{ + Name: warningCmd, + Message: fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...), + Properties: c.fields, + }) +} + +// Errorf prints a error-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf +// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It +// panics if it cannot write to the output stream. +func (c *Action) Errorf(msg string, args ...any) { + // ::error :: + c.IssueCommand(&Command{ + Name: errorCmd, + Message: fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...), + Properties: c.fields, + }) +} + +// Fatalf prints a error-level message and exits. This is equivalent to Errorf +// followed by os.Exit(1). +func (c *Action) Fatalf(msg string, args ...any) { + c.Errorf(msg, args...) + osExit(1) +} + +// Infof prints message to stdout without any level annotations. It follows the +// standard fmt.Printf arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end +// of the message. It panics if it cannot write to the output stream. +func (c *Action) Infof(msg string, args ...any) { + if _, err := fmt.Fprintf(c.w, msg+EOF, args...); err != nil { + panic(fmt.Errorf("failed to write info command: %w", err)) + } +} + +// WithFieldsSlice includes the provided fields in log output. "f" must be a +// slice of k=v pairs. The given slice will be sorted. It panics if any of the +// string in the given slice does not construct a valid 'key=value' pair. +func (c *Action) WithFieldsSlice(f []string) *Action { + m := make(CommandProperties) + for _, s := range f { + pair := strings.SplitN(s, "=", 2) + if len(pair) < 2 { + panic(fmt.Sprintf("%q is not a proper k=v pair!", s)) + } + + m[pair[0]] = pair[1] + } + + return c.WithFieldsMap(m) +} + +// WithFieldsMap includes the provided fields in log output. The fields in "m" +// are automatically converted to k=v pairs and sorted. +func (c *Action) WithFieldsMap(m map[string]string) *Action { + return &Action{ + w: c.w, + fields: m, + getenv: c.getenv, + httpClient: c.httpClient, + } +} + +// idTokenResponse is the response from minting an ID token. +type idTokenResponse struct { + Value string `json:"value,omitempty"` +} + +// GetIDToken returns the GitHub OIDC token from the GitHub Actions runtime. +func (c *Action) GetIDToken(ctx context.Context, audience string) (string, error) { + requestURL := c.getenv("ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_URL") + if requestURL == "" { + return "", fmt.Errorf("missing ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_URL in environment") + } + + requestToken := c.getenv("ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_TOKEN") + if requestToken == "" { + return "", fmt.Errorf("missing ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_TOKEN in environment") + } + + u, err := url.Parse(requestURL) + if err != nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to parse request URL: %w", err) + } + if audience != "" { + q := u.Query() + q.Set("audience", audience) + u.RawQuery = q.Encode() + } + + req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(ctx, "GET", u.String(), nil) + if err != nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to create HTTP request: %w", err) + } + req.Header.Set("Authorization", "Bearer "+requestToken) + + resp, err := c.httpClient.Do(req) + if err != nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to make HTTP request: %w", err) + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + // This has moved to the io package in Go 1.16, but we still support up to Go + // 1.13 for now. + body, err := io.ReadAll(io.LimitReader(resp.Body, 64*1000)) + if err != nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to read response body: %w", err) + } + body = bytes.TrimSpace(body) + + if resp.StatusCode != 200 { + return "", fmt.Errorf("non-successful response from minting OIDC token: %s", body) + } + + var tokenResp idTokenResponse + if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &tokenResp); err != nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to process response as JSON: %w", err) + } + return tokenResp.Value, nil +} + +// Getenv retrieves the value of the environment variable named by the key. +// It uses an internal function that can be set with `WithGetenv`. +func (c *Action) Getenv(key string) string { + return c.getenv(key) +} + +// GetenvFunc is an abstraction to make tests feasible for commands that +// interact with environment variables. +type GetenvFunc func(key string) string + +// GitHubContext of current workflow. +// +// See: https://docs.github.com/en/actions/learn-github-actions/environment-variables +type GitHubContext struct { + Action string `env:"GITHUB_ACTION"` + ActionPath string `env:"GITHUB_ACTION_PATH"` + ActionRepository string `env:"GITHUB_ACTION_REPOSITORY"` + Actions bool `env:"GITHUB_ACTIONS"` + Actor string `env:"GITHUB_ACTOR"` + APIURL string `env:"GITHUB_API_URL,default=https://api.github.com"` + BaseRef string `env:"GITHUB_BASE_REF"` + Env string `env:"GITHUB_ENV"` + EventName string `env:"GITHUB_EVENT_NAME"` + EventPath string `env:"GITHUB_EVENT_PATH"` + GraphqlURL string `env:"GITHUB_GRAPHQL_URL,default=https://api.github.com/graphql"` + HeadRef string `env:"GITHUB_HEAD_REF"` + Job string `env:"GITHUB_JOB"` + Path string `env:"GITHUB_PATH"` + Ref string `env:"GITHUB_REF"` + RefName string `env:"GITHUB_REF_NAME"` + RefProtected bool `env:"GITHUB_REF_PROTECTED"` + RefType string `env:"GITHUB_REF_TYPE"` + + // Repository is the owner and repository name. For example, octocat/Hello-World + // It is not recommended to use this field to acquire the repository name + // but to use the Repo method instead. + Repository string `env:"GITHUB_REPOSITORY"` + + // RepositoryOwner is the repository owner. For example, octocat + // It is not recommended to use this field to acquire the repository owner + // but to use the Repo method instead. + RepositoryOwner string `env:"GITHUB_REPOSITORY_OWNER"` + + RetentionDays int64 `env:"GITHUB_RETENTION_DAYS"` + RunAttempt int64 `env:"GITHUB_RUN_ATTEMPT"` + RunID int64 `env:"GITHUB_RUN_ID"` + RunNumber int64 `env:"GITHUB_RUN_NUMBER"` + ServerURL string `env:"GITHUB_SERVER_URL,default=https://github.com"` + SHA string `env:"GITHUB_SHA"` + StepSummary string `env:"GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"` + Workflow string `env:"GITHUB_WORKFLOW"` + Workspace string `env:"GITHUB_WORKSPACE"` + + // Event is populated by parsing the file at EventPath, if it exists. + Event map[string]any +} + +// Repo returns the username of the repository owner and repository name. +func (c *GitHubContext) Repo() (string, string) { + if c == nil { + return "", "" + } + + // Based on https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/main/packages/github/src/context.ts + if c.Repository != "" { + parts := strings.SplitN(c.Repository, "/", 2) + if len(parts) == 1 { + return parts[0], "" + } + return parts[0], parts[1] + } + + // If c.Repository is empty attempt to get the repo from the Event data. + var repoName string + // NOTE: differs from context.ts. Fall back to GITHUB_REPOSITORY_OWNER + ownerName := c.RepositoryOwner + if c.Event != nil { + if repo, ok := c.Event["repository"].(map[string]any); ok { + if name, ok := repo["name"].(string); ok { + repoName = name + } + if owner, ok := repo["owner"].(map[string]any); ok { + if name, ok := owner["name"].(string); ok { + ownerName = name + } + } + } + } + return ownerName, repoName +} + +// Context returns the context of current action with the payload object +// that triggered the workflow +func (c *Action) Context() (*GitHubContext, error) { + ctx := context.Background() + lookuper := &wrappedLookuper{f: c.getenv} + + var githubContext GitHubContext + if err := envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &githubContext, lookuper); err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("could not process github context variables: %w", err) + } + + if githubContext.EventPath != "" { + eventData, err := os.ReadFile(githubContext.EventPath) + if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("could not read event file: %w", err) + } + if eventData != nil { + if err := json.Unmarshal(eventData, &githubContext.Event); err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to unmarshal event payload: %w", err) + } + } + } + + return &githubContext, nil +} + +// wrappedLookuper creates a lookuper that wraps a given getenv func. +type wrappedLookuper struct { + f GetenvFunc +} + +// Lookup implements a custom lookuper. +func (w *wrappedLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) { + if v := w.f(key); v != "" { + return v, true + } + return "", false +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions_root.go b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions_root.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8c25a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions_root.go @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Authors +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +package githubactions + +import ( + "context" +) + +var ( + defaultAction = New() +) + +// IssueCommand issues an arbitrary GitHub actions Command. +func IssueCommand(cmd *Command) { + defaultAction.IssueCommand(cmd) +} + +// IssueFileCommand issues a new GitHub actions Command using environment files. +func IssueFileCommand(cmd *Command) { + defaultAction.IssueFileCommand(cmd) +} + +// AddMask adds a new field mask for the given string "p". After called, future +// attempts to log "p" will be replaced with "***" in log output. +func AddMask(p string) { + defaultAction.AddMask(p) +} + +// AddMatcher adds a new matcher with the given file path. +func AddMatcher(p string) { + defaultAction.AddMatcher(p) +} + +// RemoveMatcher removes a matcher with the given owner name. +func RemoveMatcher(o string) { + defaultAction.RemoveMatcher(o) +} + +// AddPath adds the string "p" to the path for the invocation. +func AddPath(p string) { + defaultAction.AddPath(p) +} + +// SaveState saves state to be used in the "finally" post job entry point. +func SaveState(k, v string) { + defaultAction.SaveState(k, v) +} + +// GetInput gets the input by the given name. +func GetInput(i string) string { + return defaultAction.GetInput(i) +} + +// Group starts a new collapsable region up to the next ungroup invocation. +func Group(t string) { + defaultAction.Group(t) +} + +// EndGroup ends the current group. +func EndGroup() { + defaultAction.EndGroup() +} + +// AddStepSummary writes the given markdown to the job summary. If a job summary +// already exists, this value is appended. +func AddStepSummary(markdown string) { + defaultAction.AddStepSummary(markdown) +} + +// AddStepSummaryTemplate adds a summary template by parsing the given Go +// template using html/template with the given input data. See AddStepSummary +// for caveats. +// +// This primarily exists as a convenience function that renders a template. +func AddStepSummaryTemplate(tmpl string, data any) error { + return defaultAction.AddStepSummaryTemplate(tmpl, data) +} + +// SetEnv sets an environment variable. +func SetEnv(k, v string) { + defaultAction.SetEnv(k, v) +} + +// SetOutput sets an output parameter. +func SetOutput(k, v string) { + defaultAction.SetOutput(k, v) +} + +// Debugf prints a debug-level message. The arguments follow the standard Printf +// arguments. +func Debugf(msg string, args ...any) { + defaultAction.Debugf(msg, args...) +} + +// Noticef prints a notice-level message. The arguments follow the standard +// Printf arguments. +func Noticef(msg string, args ...any) { + defaultAction.Noticef(msg, args...) +} + +// Errorf prints a error-level message. The arguments follow the standard Printf +// arguments. +func Errorf(msg string, args ...any) { + defaultAction.Errorf(msg, args...) +} + +// Fatalf prints a error-level message and exits. This is equivalent to Errorf +// followed by os.Exit(1). +func Fatalf(msg string, args ...any) { + defaultAction.Fatalf(msg, args...) +} + +// Infof prints a info-level message. The arguments follow the standard Printf +// arguments. +func Infof(msg string, args ...any) { + defaultAction.Infof(msg, args...) +} + +// Warningf prints a warning-level message. The arguments follow the standard +// Printf arguments. +func Warningf(msg string, args ...any) { + defaultAction.Warningf(msg, args...) +} + +// WithFieldsSlice includes the provided fields in log output. "f" must be a +// slice of k=v pairs. The given slice will be sorted. +func WithFieldsSlice(f []string) *Action { + return defaultAction.WithFieldsSlice(f) +} + +// WithFieldsMap includes the provided fields in log output. The fields in "m" +// are automatically converted to k=v pairs and sorted. +func WithFieldsMap(m map[string]string) *Action { + return defaultAction.WithFieldsMap(m) +} + +// GetIDToken returns the GitHub OIDC token from the GitHub Actions runtime. +func GetIDToken(ctx context.Context, audience string) (string, error) { + return defaultAction.GetIDToken(ctx, audience) +} + +func Context() (*GitHubContext, error) { + return defaultAction.Context() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/command.go b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/command.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24ef400 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/command.go @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +// Copyright 2020 The Authors +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +package githubactions + +import ( + "fmt" + "sort" + "strings" +) + +const ( + cmdSeparator = "::" + cmdPropertiesPrefix = " " +) + +// CommandProperties is a named "map[string]string" type to hold key-value pairs +// passed to an actions command. +type CommandProperties map[string]string + +// String encodes the CommandProperties to a string as comma separated +// 'key=value' pairs. The pairs are joined in a chronological order. +func (props *CommandProperties) String() string { + l := make([]string, 0, len(*props)) + for k, v := range *props { + l = append(l, fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", k, escapeProperty(v))) + } + + sort.Strings(l) + return strings.Join(l, ",") +} + +// Command can be issued by a GitHub action by writing to `stdout` with +// following format. +// +// ::name key=value,key=value::message +// +// Examples: +// ::warning::This is the message +// ::set-env name=MY_VAR::some value +type Command struct { + Name string + Message string + Properties CommandProperties +} + +// String encodes the Command to a string in the following format: +// +// ::name key=value,key=value::message +func (cmd *Command) String() string { + // https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L43-L45 + if cmd.Name == "" { + cmd.Name = "missing.command" + } + + var builder strings.Builder + builder.WriteString(cmdSeparator) + builder.WriteString(cmd.Name) + if len(cmd.Properties) > 0 { + builder.WriteString(cmdPropertiesPrefix) + builder.WriteString(cmd.Properties.String()) + } + + builder.WriteString(cmdSeparator) + builder.WriteString(escapeData(cmd.Message)) + return builder.String() +} + +// escapeData escapes string values for presentation in the output of a command. +// This is a not-so-well-documented requirement of commands that define a +// message: +// +// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L74 +// +// The equivalent toolkit function can be found here: +// +// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L92 +// +func escapeData(v string) string { + v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "%", "%25") + v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\r", "%0D") + v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\n", "%0A") + return v +} + +// escapeData escapes command property values for presentation in the output of +// a command. +// +// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L68 +// +// The equivalent toolkit function can be found here: +// +// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/1cc56db0ff126f4d65aeb83798852e02a2c180c3/packages/core/src/command.ts#L99-L106 +func escapeProperty(v string) string { + v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "%", "%25") + v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\r", "%0D") + v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\n", "%0A") + v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, ":", "%3A") + v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, ",", "%2C") + return v +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/eof_crlf.go b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/eof_crlf.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12d0d31 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/eof_crlf.go @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +// Copyright 2021 The Authors +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +//go:build windows +// +build windows + +package githubactions + +const EOF = "\r\n" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/eof_lf.go b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/eof_lf.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2c3456 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/eof_lf.go @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +// Copyright 2021 The Authors +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +//go:build !windows +// +build !windows + +package githubactions + +const EOF = "\n" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/options.go b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/options.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..55727aa --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/options.go @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +// Copyright 2021 The Authors +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +package githubactions + +import ( + "io" + "net/http" +) + +// Option is a modifier for an Action. +type Option func(*Action) *Action + +// WithWriter sets the writer function on an Action. By default, this will +// be `os.Stdout` from the standard library. +func WithWriter(w io.Writer) Option { + return func(a *Action) *Action { + a.w = w + return a + } +} + +// WithFields sets the extra command field on an Action. +func WithFields(fields CommandProperties) Option { + return func(a *Action) *Action { + a.fields = fields + return a + } +} + +// WithGetenv sets the `Getenv` function on an Action. By default, this will +// be `os.Getenv` from the standard library. +func WithGetenv(getenv GetenvFunc) Option { + return func(a *Action) *Action { + a.getenv = getenv + return a + } +} + +// WithHTTPClient sets a custom HTTP client on the action. This is only used +// when the action makes output HTTP requests (such as generating an OIDC +// token). +func WithHTTPClient(c *http.Client) Option { + return func(a *Action) *Action { + a.httpClient = c + return a + } +} diff --git a/vendor/modules.txt b/vendor/modules.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9672c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/modules.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +# code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea v0.15.1 +## explicit; go 1.13 +code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea +# github.com/hashicorp/go-version v1.2.1 +## explicit +github.com/hashicorp/go-version +# github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig v0.8.0 +## explicit; go 1.17 +github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig +# github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions v1.1.0 +## explicit; go 1.18 +github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions